TICAS 67A Instalation

SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL
CAS 67A
TCAS II
SYSTEM
MANUAL NUMBER 006-05340-0007

REVISION 7 SEPTEMBER, 2004
WARNING
The enclosed technical data is eligible for export under License Designation NLR and is to be
used solely by the individual/organization to whom it is addressed. Diversion contrary to U.S. law
is prohibited.
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
©1993-1999, 2004 Honeywell International Inc.
REPRODUCTION OF THIS PUBLICATION OR ANY PORTION THEREOF BY ANY MEANS

WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF HONEYWELL IS PROHIBITED,
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OR MAINTENANCE OF THE
RECIPIENT’S EQUIPMENT. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT THE MANAGER,
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS, HONEYWELL, ONE TECHNOLOGY CENTER, 23500 WEST
105th STREET OLATHE KS 66061 TELEPHONE: (913) 712-0400.
N
CAS 67A TCAS II SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL
System Installation Manual

006-05340-0007
CAS 67A TCAS II

Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
Including:
TPU 67A TCAS II Processor
CM 67A Configuration Module
CM 2000 Configuration Module
ANT 67A Directional Antenna
IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Display
IVA-81B RA/VSI Display
IVA-81C, IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Display
GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor
MST 67A Mode S Transponder
KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
CTA-81A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
CTA-81D Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
T-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
NOTE
IF ANY UNUSUAL OR SPECIFIC SERVICE PROBLEMS ARISE, CONTACT HONEYWELL,

23500 WEST 105TH STREET, OLATHE, KANSAS, 66061. NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
RETURNED TO THE CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT UNTIL A RETURN
AUTHORIZATION (RA) FORM IS REQUESTED AND RECEIVED FROM HONEYWELL.
PROPRIETARY NOTICE
This document contains proprietary information and

such information may not be disclosed to others for
any purpose, nor used for manufacturing purposes
without written permission from Honeywell.
PN-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7
Sept/2004
This is a complete reprint. All pages are revised and reformatted.
General highlights include updates to PS-550/PS-578 Control Heads and updates

to general control head information. Updated TCAS II system drawing. Updated
environmental qualification information. Updated “TCASDIAG for Windows” appen-
dix and antenna test appendix.
Specific changes to content are denoted by revision bar.
RH-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
THIS PAGE IS RESERVED
RH-2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
RECORD OF REVISIONS
REV. REVISION DATE DATE

BY BY
NO. DATE INSERTED REMOVED
Complete through
Revision 7
RR-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
RECORD OF REVISIONS (cont.)

BY BY
RR-2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
T.R. DATE DATE

DATE BY BY
NO. INSERTED REMOVED
Complete through
Revision TR-05340-1
RTR-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS (cont.)

BY BY
RTR-2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
TCAS II SERVICE LITERATURE LIST

The following are installation bulletins applicable to the CAS 67A TCAS II sys-
tem.
BULLETIN NUMBER DATE COVERAGE
IB 372 APR/1995 TO CORRECT ERROR IN TPU CONFIG MODULE PROCEDURE
IB 398 JUL/1997 TCASDIAG GUIDE FOR FIELD REFERENCE
IB 438 APR/1999 INFORMATION ON TCAS I AND II RETURN-TO-SERVICE FOLLOWING

COMPONENT REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
IB 439 MAR/1999 APPROVAL FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF IVA 81A INDICATORS WITH IVA
81C INDICATORS
IB 447 MAY/1999 CLARIFICATION OF CAS 67A TCAS II SYSTEM AND ACAS II SYSTEM
PILOT S GUIDES
IB 452 JAN/2000 INTERCHANGEABILITY OF IVA 81A C AND D TA/VSI TCAS INDICATORS
IB 456 NOV/2000 TCASDIAG FOR WINDOWS AND TCAS PROCESSOR FIELD DIAGNOSTIC
PROGRAM FOR USER MANUAL
IB 457 NOV/1999 TCASDIAG GUIDE
IB 458 FEB/2000 CLARIFICATION OF THE ALTITUDE INTERFACE TO THE TCAS PROCES-

SOR AND/OR MST 67A TRANSPONDER
The following is service literature information applicable to the CAS 67A system
and TPU 67A unit. For current service literature information for related units
and/or systems, refer to the Installation or Maintenance Manual of the applica-
ble unit.
EFFECTIVE
S/N
SA CAS 67A-101 OCT/1997 ADDITION OF RAIN EROSION FILM TO ANTENNA N.A.
SA CAS 67A-102 JAN/1998 TEST PROCEDURES FOR SWR AND CABLE LOSS FOR ECS RF N.A.
TROUBLESHOOTER KIT
SA TPU 67A-101 OCT/1996 FAULT CODE GUIDE N.A.
SA TPU 67A-102 FEB/1999 REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE PIN DIODES N.A.
SB-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
EFFECTIVE
S/N
SA TPU 67A-103 JUN/2000 REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE FLASH AND REAL-TIME CLOCK N.A.
SA TPU 67A-104 JAN/2002 REPLACEMENT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY N.A.
SB TPU 67A-4 MAY/1997 STABILIZE SWITCHING SPEED OF DISCRETE INPUT CIR- 10505
CUITS
SB TPU 67A-5 SEP/1998 ADDITIONAL LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR THE UNIT S +28 10960
VDC POWER LINES
SB TPU 67A-6 OCT/1998 MANUFACTURING EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT 10903
SB TPU 67A-7 MAR/2002 UNIT MOD 13 ALLEVIATE TIMING ISSUES IN CONFIGURA- 11130
TION MODULE INTERFACE
SB TPU 67A-8 MAR/2002 INCREASE TPU MEANTIME BETWEEN FAILURES 11131
SB TPU 67A-9 APR/2002 PREVENT COLD INDUCED AUDIO FAILURES 11132
SB TPU 67A-10 JUN/2000 THIS BULLETIN HAS BEEN SUPERSEDED 11390
SB TPU 67A-11 APR/2001 INCREASE POWER-HANDLING CAPABILITY AND RELIABIL- VERSION

ITY OF -250VDC MONITOR CIRCUIT DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-12 NOV/2001 PREVENT ACCIDENTAL WRITES TO THE FLASH MEMORY DUR- VERSION
ING NORMAL OPERATION DEPENDENT
SB TPU-67A-13 JAN/2003 REPLACE TPU S OBSOLETE COMPUTER BOARD VERSION

DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-14 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE REFERENCE VERSION

BOARD PART NUMBER 200-08874-0000 DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-15 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE SWITCH VERSION

DRIVER BOARD PART NUMER 200-08530-0000 DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-16 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY BOARD #2 VERSION

PART NUMBER 200-08523-0000 DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-17 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT OF OBSOLETE VIDEO BOARD VERSION

PART NUMBER 200-08875-0000 DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-18 AUG/2002 PREVENT THE TPU 67A FRO INTERFERING WITH THE PRI- VERSION
MUS DME DURING EQUIPMENT START-UP DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-19 FEB/2003 UNIT WILL NOT INITIALIZE AND LED DISPLAY ON THE VERSION
SIDE OF THE PROCESSOR IS BLANK DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-20 DEC/2002 REPLACEMENT OF INTERCONNECT BD DUE TO ERRONEOUS VERSION

EXTERNAL FAULT CODES DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-21 MAR/2003 REPLACE THREE TRANSORBS ON INTERCONNECT BOARD WITH VERSION
A LOWER VOLTAGE VARIETY DEPENDENT
SB-2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
EFFECTIVE
S/N
SB TPU 67A-22 AUG/2003 REPLACES OBSOLETE RECEIVER ASSY PART NUMBER 200- VERSION
09882-0000 WITH 200-09882-0010 DEPENDENT
SB TPU 67A-23 SEP/2003 GIVES ADDITIONAL PROTECTION FROM ARCING BETWEEN VERSION
THE SWITCH DRIVER BOARD AND THE MAINFRAME CASTING DEPENDENT
AND INCREASES CONDUCTIVITY AT CERTAIN PIN CONNEC-
TIONS
SB TPU 67A-24 SEP/2003 GIVES ADDITIONAL PROTECTION FROM ARCING TO THE RF VERSION
BOARD THE IF BOARD THE TRANSMIT MODULATOR BOARD DEPENDENT
AND THE REFERENCE BOARD
SB TPU 67A-M1 MAR/2001 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE 12/01 (CHANGE 7) VERSION

DEPENDENT
SWB TPU 67A-SW1 AUG/1995 TO INCORPORATE 01/02 SOFTWARE N.A.
SWB TPU 67A-SW2 AUG/1995 TO INCORPORATE 01/03 SOFTWARE N.A.
SWB TPU 67A-SW3 OCT/1996 TO INCORPORATE 01/11 SOFTWARE 10423
SWB TPU 67A-SW4 MAR/2002 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE LEVEL 01/12 VERSION

DEPENDENT
SWB TPU 67A-SW5 JUN/2000 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE 01/13 COMPATIBLE WITH NEW N.A.
FLASH OR REAL-TIME CLOCK
SWB TPU 67A-SW6 JUN/2000 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE 11/03. CORRECTS INCORRECT VERSION
TCAS FAIL MESSAGE WHILE UNIT IN STANDBY MODE. ALSO DEPENDENT
COMPATIBLE WITH NEW FLASH OR REAL-TIME CLOCK
SWB TPU 67A-SW7 DEC/2001 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE 11/04. ENABLES UNIT TO INTER- VERSION
FACE WITH COLLINS TDR 94D TRANSPONDERS DEPENDENT
SB-3
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
SB-4
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

SUBJECT PAGE DATE
Title Page * T-1 Sept/2004

Proprietary Notice * PN-1 Sept/2004
Revision Highlights * RH-1 Sept/2004

* RH-2 Sept/2004
Record of Revisions * RR-1 Sept/2004

* RR-2 Sept/2004
Record of Temporary Revisions * RTR-1 Sept/2004

* RTR-2 Sept/2004
List of Service Bulletins * SB-1 Sept/2004

* SB-2 Sept/2004
* SB-3 Sept/2004
* SB-4 Sept/2004
List of Effective Pages * LEP-1 Sept/2004

* LEP-2 Sept/2004
* LEP-3 Sept/2004
* LEP-4 Sept/2004
* LEP-5 Sept/2004
* LEP-6 Sept/2004
* LEP-7 Sept/2004
* LEP-8 Sept/2004
* LEP-9 Sept/2004
* LEP-10 Sept/2004
* LEP-11 Sept/2004
* LEP-12 Sept/2004
* LEP-13 Sept/2004
* LEP-14 Sept/2004
Table of Contents * TC-1 Sept/2004

* TC-2 Sept/2004
* TC-3 Sept/2004
* TC-4 Sept/2004
* TC-5 Sept/2004
* TC-6 Sept/2004
* TC-7 Sept/2004
* TC-8 Sept/2004
* TC-9 Sept/2004
“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Table of Contents (cont). * TC-10 Sept/2004

* TC-11 Sept/2004
* TC-12 Sept/2004
* TC-13 Sept/2004
* TC-14 Sept/2004
Introduction * INTRO-1 Sept/2004

* INTRO-2 Sept/2004
Description and Operation * 1 Sept/2004

* 2 Sept/2004
F * 3 Sept/2004
* 4 Blank
* 5 Sept/2004
* 6 Sept/2004
* 7 Sept/2004
* 8 Sept/2004
* 9 Sept/2004
* 10 Sept/2004
* 11 Sept/2004
* 12 Sept/2004
* 13 Sept/2004
* 14 Sept/2004
* 15 Sept/2004
* 16 Sept/2004
* 17 Sept/2004
* 18 Sept/2004
* 19 Sept/2004
* 20 Sept/2004
* 21 Sept/2004
* 22 Sept/2004
* 23 Sept/2004
* 24 Sept/2004
* 25 Sept/2004
* 26 Sept/2004
* 27 Sept/2004
* 28 Sept/2004
* 29 Sept/2004
* 30 Sept/2004
* 31 Sept/2004
* 32 Sept/2004
* 33 Sept/2004
* 34 Sept/2004
* 35 Sept/2004
* 36 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Description and Operation (cont). * 37 Sept/2004

* 38 Sept/2004
* 39 Sept/2004
* 40 Sept/2004
* 41 Sept/2004
* 42 Sept/2004
* 43 Sept/2004
* 44 Sept/2004
* 45 Sept/2004
* 46 Sept/2004
* 47 Sept/2004
* 48 Sept/2004
* 49 Sept/2004
* 50 Sept/2004
* 51 Sept/2004
* 52 Sept/2004
* 53 Sept/2004
* 54 Sept/2004
* 55 Sept/2004
* 56 Sept/2004
* 57 Sept/2004
* 58 Sept/2004
* 59 Sept/2004
* 60 Sept/2004
* 61 Sept/2004
* 62 Sept/2004
* 63 Sept/2004
* 64 Sept/2004
* 65 Sept/2004
* 66 Sept/2004
* 67 Sept/2004
* 68 Sept/2004
* 69 Sept/2004
* 70 Sept/2004
* 71 Sept/2004
* 72 Sept/2004
* 73 Sept/2004
* 74 Sept/2004
* 75 Sept/2004
* 76 Sept/2004
* 77 Sept/2004
* 78 Sept/2004
* 79 Sept/2004
* 80 Sept/2004
* 81 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

* 83 Sept/2004
* 84 Sept/2004
* 85 Sept/2004
* 86 Sept/2004
* 87 Sept/2004
* 88 Sept/2004
* 89 Sept/2004
* 90 Sept/2004
* 91 Sept/2004
* 92 Sept/2004
* 93 Sept/2004
* 94 Sept/2004
* 95 Sept/2004
* 96 Sept/2004
* 97 Sept/2004
* 98 Sept/2004
* 99 Sept/2004
* 100 Sept/2004
* 101 Sept/2004
* 102 Sept/2004
* 103 Sept/2004
* 104 Sept/2004
* 105 Sept/2004
* 106 Sept/2004
* 107 Sept/2004
* 108 Sept/2004
* 109 Sept/2004
* 110 Sept/2004
* 111 Sept/2004
* 112 Sept/2004
* 113 Sept/2004
* 114 Sept/2004
* 115 Sept/2004
* 116 Sept/2004
* 117 Sept/2004
* 118 Sept/2004
* 119 Sept/2004
* 120 Sept/2004
F * 121 Sept/2004
* 122 Blank
F * 123 Sept/2004
* 124 Blank
* 125 Sept/2004
* 126 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

* 128 Sept/2004
* 129 Sept/2004
* 130 Sept/2004
* 131 Sept/2004
* 132 Sept/2004
* 133 Sept/2004
* 134 Sept/2004
* 135 Sept/2004
* 136 Sept/2004
* 137 Sept/2004
* 138 Sept/2004
* 139 Sept/2004
* 140 Sept/2004
* 141 Sept/2004
* 142 Sept/2004
* 143 Sept/2004
* 144 Sept/2004
* 145 Sept/2004
* 146 Sept/2004
* 147 Sept/2004
* 148 Sept/2004
* 149 Sept/2004
* 150 Sept/2004
* 151 Sept/2004
* 152 Sept/2004
* 153 Sept/2004
* 154 Sept/2004
* 155 Sept/2004
* 156 Sept/2004
* 157 Sept/2004
* 158 Sept/2004
* 159 Sept/2004
* 160 Sept/2004
* 161 Sept/2004
* 162 Sept/2004
* 163 Sept/2004
* 164 Sept/2004
F * 165 Sept/2004
* 166 Blank
F * 167 Sept/2004
* 168 Blank
F * 169 Sept/2004
* 170 Blank
F * 171 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Description and Operation (cont). * 172 Blank
Fault Isolation * 1001 Sept/2004

* 1002 Sept/2004
* 1003 Sept/2004
* 1004 Sept/2004
* 1005 Sept/2004
* 1006 Sept/2004
* 1007 Sept/2004
* 1008 Sept/2004
* 1009 Sept/2004
* 1010 Sept/2004
* 1011 Sept/2004
* 1012 Sept/2004
* 1013 Sept/2004
* 1014 Sept/2004
* 1015 Sept/2004
* 1016 Sept/2004
* 1017 Sept/2004
* 1018 Sept/2004
* 1019 Sept/2004
* 1020 Sept/2004
* 1021 Sept/2004
* 1022 Sept/2004
* 1023 Sept/2004
* 1024 Sept/2004
* 1025 Sept/2004
* 1026 Sept/2004
* 1027 Sept/2004
* 1028 Sept/2004
* 1029 Sept/2004
* 1030 Sept/2004
Maintenance Practices * 2001 Sept/2004

* 2002 Sept/2004
* 2003 Sept/2004
* 2004 Sept/2004
* 2005 Sept/2004
* 2006 Sept/2004
* 2007 Sept/2004
* 2008 Sept/2004
* 2009 Sept/2004
* 2010 Sept/2004
* 2011 Sept/2004
* 2012 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Maintenance Practices (cont). * 2013 Sept/2004

* 2014 Sept/2004
* 2015 Sept/2004
* 2016 Sept/2004
* 2017 Sept/2004
* 2018 Sept/2004
* 2019 Sept/2004
* 2020 Sept/2004
* 2021 Sept/2004
* 2022 Sept/2004
* 2023 Sept/2004
* 2024 Sept/2004
* 2025 Sept/2004
* 2026 Sept/2004
* 2027 Sept/2004
* 2028 Sept/2004
* 2029 Sept/2004
* 2030 Sept/2004
* 2031 Sept/2004
* 2032 Sept/2004
* 2033 Sept/2004
* 2034 Sept/2004
* 2035 Sept/2004
* 2036 Sept/2004
* 2037 Sept/2004
* 2038 Sept/2004
* 2039 Sept/2004
* 2040 Sept/2004
* 2041 Sept/2004
* 2042 Sept/2004
* 2043 Sept/2004
* 2044 Sept/2004
* 2045 Sept/2004
* 2046 Sept/2004
* 2047 Sept/2004
* 2048 Sept/2004
* 2049 Sept/2004
* 2050 Sept/2004
* 2051 Sept/2004
* 2052 Sept/2004
* 2053 Sept/2004
* 2054 Sept/2004
* 2055 Sept/2004
* 2056 Sept/2004
* 2057 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Maintenance Practices (cont). * 2058 Sept/2004

* 2059 Sept/2004
* 2060 Sept/2004
* 2061 Sept/2004
* 2062 Sept/2004
* 2063 Sept/2004
* 2064 Sept/2004
* 2065 Sept/2004
* 2066 Sept/2004
* 2067 Sept/2004
* 2068 Sept/2004
* 2069 Sept/2004
* 2070 Sept/2004
* 2071 Sept/2004
* 2072 Sept/2004
* 2073 Sept/2004
* 2074 Sept/2004
* 2075 Sept/2004
* 2076 Sept/2004
* 2077 Sept/2004
* 2078 Sept/2004
* 2079 Sept/2004
* 2080 Sept/2004
* 2081 Sept/2004
* 2082 Sept/2004
* 2083 Sept/2004
* 2084 Sept/2004
* 2085 Sept/2004
* 2086 Sept/2004
* 2087 Sept/2004
* 2088 Sept/2004
* 2089 Sept/2004
* 2090 Sept/2004
* 2091 Sept/2004
* 2092 Sept/2004
F * 2093 Sept/2004
* 2094 Blank
F * 2095 Sept/2004
* 2096 Blank
F * 2097 Sept/2004
* 2098 Blank
F * 2099 Sept/2004
* 2100 Blank
F * 2101 Sept/2004
* 2102 Blank
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Maintenance Practices (cont). F * 2103 Sept/2004

* 2104 Blank
F * 2105 Sept/2004
* 2106 Blank
F * 2107 Sept/2004
* 2108 Blank
F * 2109 Sept/2004
* 2110 Blank
F * 2111 Sept/2004
* 2112 Blank
F * 2113 Sept/2004
* 2114 Blank
F * 2115 Sept/2004
* 2116 Blank
F * 2117 Sept/2004
* 2118 Blank
F * 2119 Sept/2004
* 2120 Blank
F * 2121 Sept/2004
* 2122 Blank
F * 2123 Sept/2004
* 2124 Blank
F * 2125 Sept/2004
* 2126 Blank
F * 2127 Sept/2004
* 2128 Blank
F * 2129 Sept/2004
* 2130 Blank
F * 2131 Sept/2004
* 2132 Blank
F * 2133 Sept/2004
* 2134 Blank
F * 2135 Sept/2004
* 2136 Blank
F * 2137 Sept/2004
* 2138 Blank
F * 2139 Sept/2004
* 2140 Blank
F * 2141 Sept/2004
* 2142 Blank
F * 2143 Sept/2004
* 2144 Blank
F * 2145 Sept/2004
* 2146 Blank
F * 2147 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Maintenance Practices (cont). * 2148 Blank

F * 2149 Sept/2004
* 2150 Blank
F * 2151 Sept/2004
* 2152 Blank
F * 2153 Sept/2004
* 2154 Blank
F * 2155 Sept/2004
* 2156 Blank
F * 2157 Sept/2004
* 2158 Blank
F * 2159 Sept/2004
* 2160 Blank
F * 2161 Sept/2004
* 2162 Blank
F * 2163 Sept/2004
* 2164 Blank
F * 2165 Sept/2004
* 2166 Blank
F * 2167 Sept/2004
* 2168 Blank
F * 2169 Sept/2004
* 2170 Blank
F * 2171 Sept/2004
* 2172 Blank
F * 2173 Sept/2004
* 2174 Blank
F * 2175 Sept/2004
* 2176 Blank
F * 2177 Sept/2004
* 2178 Blank
F * 2179 Sept/2004
* 2180 Blank
F * 2181 Sept/2004
* 2182 Blank
F * 2183 Sept/2004
* 2184 Blank
F * 2185 Sept/2004
* 2186 Blank
F * 2187 Sept/2004
* 2188 Blank
F * 2189 Sept/2004
* 2190 Blank
F * 2191 Sept/2004
* 2192 Blank
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Maintenance Practices (cont). F * 2193 Sept/2004

* 2194 Blank
F * 2195 Sept/2004
* 2196 Blank
F * 2197 Sept/2004
* 2198 Blank
F * 2199 Sept/2004
* 2200 Blank
F * 2201 Sept/2004
* 2202 Blank
F * 2203 Sept/2004
* 2204 Blank
F * 2205 Sept/2004
* 2206 Blank
F * 2207 Sept/2004
* 2208 Blank
F * 2209 Sept/2004
* 2210 Blank
F * 2211 Sept/2004
* 2212 Blank
F * 2213 Sept/2004
* 2214 Blank
F * 2215 Sept/2004
* 2216 Blank
F * 2217 Sept/2004
* 2218 Blank
Diagnostic Appendices * APP-1 Sept/2004

* APP-2 Sept/2004
* APP-3 Sept/2004
* APP-4 Sept/2004
* APP-5 Sept/2004
* APP-6 Sept/2004
* APP-7 Sept/2004
* APP-8 Sept/2004
* APP-9 Sept/2004
* APP-10 Sept/2004
* APP-11 Sept/2004
* APP-12 Sept/2004
* APP-13 Sept/2004
* APP-14 Sept/2004
* APP-15 Sept/2004
* APP-16 Sept/2004
* APP-17 Sept/2004
* APP-18 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Diagnostic Appendices (cont). * APP-19 Sept/2004

* APP-20 Sept/2004
* APP-21 Sept/2004
* APP-22 Sept/2004
* APP-23 Sept/2004
* APP-24 Sept/2004
* APP-25 Sept/2004
* APP-26 Sept/2004
* APP-27 Sept/2004
* APP-28 Sept/2004
* APP-29 Sept/2004
* APP-30 Sept/2004
* APP-31 Sept/2004
* APP-32 Sept/2004
* APP-33 Sept/2004
* APP-34 Sept/2004
* APP-35 Sept/2004
* APP-36 Sept/2004
* APP-37 Sept/2004
* APP-38 Sept/2004
* APP-39 Sept/2004
* APP-40 Sept/2004
* APP-41 Sept/2004
* APP-42 Sept/2004
* APP-43 Sept/2004
* APP-44 Sept/2004
* APP-45 Sept/2004
* APP-46 Sept/2004
* APP-47 Sept/2004
* APP-48 Sept/2004
* APP-49 Sept/2004
* APP-50 Sept/2004
* APP-51 Sept/2004
* APP-52 Sept/2004
* APP-53 Sept/2004
* APP-54 Sept/2004
* APP-55 Sept/2004
* APP-56 Sept/2004
* APP-57 Sept/2004
* APP-58 Sept/2004
* APP-59 Sept/2004
* APP-60 Sept/2004
* APP-61 Sept/2004
* APP-62 Sept/2004
* APP-63 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Diagnostic Appendices (cont). * APP-64 Sept/2004

* APP-65 Sept/2004
* APP-66 Sept/2004
* APP-67 Sept/2004
* APP-68 Sept/2004
* APP-69 Sept/2004
* APP-70 Sept/2004
* APP-71 Sept/2004
* APP-72 Sept/2004
* APP-73 Sept/2004
* APP-74 Sept/2004
* APP-75 Sept/2004
* APP-76 Sept/2004
* APP-77 Sept/2004
* APP-78 Sept/2004
* APP-79 Sept/2004
* APP-80 Sept/2004
* APP-81 Sept/2004
* APP-82 Sept/2004
* APP-83 Sept/2004
* APP-84 Sept/2004
* APP-85 Sept/2004
* APP-86 Sept/2004
* APP-87 Sept/2004
* APP-88 Sept/2004
* APP-89 Sept/2004
* APP-90 Sept/2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM PAGE
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. General ...............................................................1
2. System Configuration ..................................................1

A. TPU 67A TCAS II Processor .......................................2
B. CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module .............................9
C. ANT 67A Directional Antenna ....................................10
D. L-Band Omnidirectional Antenna .................................13
E. IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI ..............................................14
F. IVA-81B RA/VSI .................................................19
G. IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI ......................................21
H. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor ................................24
I. MST 67A Mode S Transponder .....................................26
J. KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS II Control Unit Configurations ............31
K. PS-578A Mode S/TCAS II Control Unit Configurations .............34
L. PS-550 Mode S/TCAS II Control Unit Configurations ..............41
M. CD 671C Control Unit ...........................................44
N. CTA-81A Control Unit ...........................................47
O. CTA-81D Control Unit ...........................................50
P. Optional Displays and Control Units ............................51
3. Environmental Certification ..........................................51
4. Related Publications .................................................93
5. CAS 67A TCAS II Installation Kits ....................................95

A. TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG Config. Module/Diagnostic Software Kits .......95
B. TPU 67A Installation Kit (New Installation) ....................95
C. TPU 67A Installation Kit (TCAS I to TCAS II Upgrade) ...........97
D. ANT 67A Antenna Adapter Kits ...................................98
E. Omnidirectional Antenna Installation Kit .......................98
TC-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
F. IVA-81A/IVA-81B/IVA-81C/IVA-81D Installation Kits ..............99

G. GC 362A Installation Kit ......................................100
H. MST 67A Installation Kit ......................................100
I. KFS 578A / PS-578A Installation Kit ...........................101
J. PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness .....................101
K. PS-550 Connector Assembly .....................................102
L. CD 671C Installation Kit ......................................102
M. CTA-81A/CTA-81D Installation Kit ..............................103
6. System Description ..................................................103

A. General .......................................................103
B. TCAS II Functional Overview ...................................103
C. System Integration ............................................105
7. System Component Functions ..........................................125

A. TCAS Processor ................................................125
B. Directional Antenna ...........................................136
C. TCAS Omnidirectional Antenna ..................................137
D. TA/RA/VSI Display .............................................139
E. RA/VSI Display ................................................142
F. Mode S Transponder ............................................144
G. Control Units .................................................146
8. System Control and Indicator Functions ..............................147

A. General .......................................................147
B. TCAS Input Power Control ......................................147
C. TCAS II Control Units .........................................148
D. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor ...............................160
E. TA/RA/VSI .....................................................161
F. RA/VSI ........................................................162
G. Weather Radar/TCAS Display ....................................163
H. Optional Aural/Lamp Advisory Outputs ..........................163
I. Audio Message Alerts ..........................................163
TC-2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
J. TCAS Processor and Mode S Transponder Fault Indicators ........163

K. Optional Advisory Cancel Switch ...............................164
L. Range Selection and Range Rings ...............................164
FAULT ISOLATION
1. General ............................................................1001
2. Fault Isolation ....................................................1001

A. General ......................................................1001
B. Fault Isolation Using the Mode S/TCAS Control Unit ...........1003
C. Fault Isolation Using TCAS Processor LED Fault Codes .........1006
D. Fault Isolation Using the Diagnostic Computer ................1014
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
1. General ............................................................2001
2. Unpacking ..........................................................2001
3. Pre-Installation Testing ...........................................2001
4. Equipment Changes and Markings .....................................2001
5. Equipment Location and Interwiring .................................2002

A. General ......................................................2002
B. Location of Equipment ........................................2002
C. Interwiring and Cable Fabrication ............................2006
6. Equipment Installation .............................................2046

A. TPU 67A TCAS Processor Installation ..........................2046
B. Configuration Module Installation ............................2047
C. TCAS Directional Antenna Installation ........................2047
D. TCAS Omnidirectional Antenna Installation ....................2048
E. IVA-81A/C/D TA/RA/VSI and IVA-81B RA/VSI Installation ........2048
F. Transponder and Mounting Tray Installation ...................2049
G. KFS 578A/PS-578A/PS-550/CD 671C Control Unit Installation ....2049
TC-3
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
H. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Installation .................2049
7. Inspection and System Checkout .....................................2049

A. System Interwiring Check .....................................2050
B. Visual Inspection ............................................2051
C. Post-Installation Test .......................................2053
D. Flight Test (Required for STC) ...............................2082
8. Removal and Replacement ............................................2083

A. TPU 67A TCAS Processor .......................................2083
B. Directional Antenna ..........................................2083
C. Omnidirectional Antenna ......................................2084
D. TCAS Control Unit ............................................2084
E. 3ATI Traffic Displays ........................................2084
F. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor ..............................2085
G. CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module ..........................2085
9. Maintenance Procedures .............................................2086

A. In-Aircraft Adjustments ......................................2086
B. System Protection ............................................2086
C. Lubrication ..................................................2086
D. Cleaning .....................................................2086
10. Aircraft Maintenance Programs ......................................2086

A. General ......................................................2086
B. Honeywell TCAS Maintenance Recommendations ...................2087
11. ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter Plate Installation .............2087

A. General Information ..........................................2087
B. Installation Procedure A .....................................2088
C. Installation Procedure B .....................................2089
D. Recommended Materials ........................................2090
E. Bonding Requirements .........................................2091
TC-4
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES
TC-5
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
TC-6
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Figure 1 CAS 67A TCAS II System Components ............................3

Figure 2 TPU 67A Environmental Qualification Form ....................52
Figure 3 CM 67A Environmental Qualification Form .....................57
Figure 4 CM 2000 Environmental Qualification Form ....................60
Figure 5 ANT 67A Environmental Qualification Form ....................63
Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification Form ....................64
Figure 7 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0000) ...........66
Figure 8 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0010) ...........67
Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form ....................69
Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Qualification Form .....................72
Figure 11 CTA 81() Environmental Qualification Form ...................75
Figure 12 MST 67A Environmental Qualification Form (-0000) ............82
Figure 15 GC 362A Environmental Qualification Form ....................88
Figure 16 IVA 81A/B Environmental Certification Categories ............90
Figure 17 IVA 81C Environmental Qualification Form ....................91
Figure 18 IVA 81D Environmental Qualification Form ....................92
Figure 19 PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness ..................102
Figure 20 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor, Inputs/Outputs ..................121
Figure 21 Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C Interrogation Formats .............132
Figure 22 Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C Transponder Reply Message Formats .133
Figure 23 TCAS Directional Antenna Transmit/Receive Beam Patterns ....138
Figure 24 IVA-81A/IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI ..........................140
Figure 25 IVA-81B RA/VSI .............................................143
Figure 26 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls .............................148
TC-7
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Figure 27 PS-578A Control Unit Controls ..............................149

Figure 28 PS-550 Control Unit Controls ...............................150
Figure 29 CD 671C Control Unit Controls ..............................151
Figure 30 CTA-81 ( ) Control Unit Controls ...........................152
Figure 31 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, TCAS and Radar Displays ...165
Figure 32 Collins IND270 Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays ..........167
Figure 33 Honeywell WI650 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays ...169
Figure 34 Honeywell P90 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays .....171
Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern .........................................1003
Figure 2001 TPU 67A TCAS Processor Rear Connector Key & Pin Locations .2010
Figure 2002 IVA-81A/B/C/D Rear Connector Locations ....................2021
Figure 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector Pin Locations ..........2022
Figure 2004 KFS 578A Control Unit, Rear Connectors ....................2025
Figure 2005 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J1) ......2028
Figure 2006 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J2) ......2031
Figure 2007 PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector ............2032
Figure 2008 CD 671C Control Unit, Rear Connectors .....................2036
Figure 2009 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, Rear Connector ...........2039
Figure 2010 TCAS Bearing Measurements .................................2079
Figure 2011 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim .....2092
Figure 2012 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Outline Drawing .................2093
Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Outline Drawing .......2095
Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing ...............2097
Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing .......................2101
Figure 2016 IVA 81B (RA/VSI) Outline Drawing ..........................2105
Figure 2017 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing ............................2107
TC-8
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Figure 2018 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing ............................2109

Figure 2019 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor Outline Drawing ............2111
Figure 2020 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline Drawing .....................2113
Figure 2021 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing ......................2115
Figure 2022 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing .......................2117
Figure 2023 CD 671C Control Unit Outline Drawing ......................2119
Figure 2024 TPU 67A Interconnect Drawing Family .......................2121
Figure 2025 TPU 67A Pinout Drawing ....................................2123
Figure 2026 TCAS II Configuration Pins Interface Drawing ..............2125
Figure 2027 TCAS II Discrete Interface Drawing ........................2127
Figure 2028 TCAS Radar/Baro Altitude Interface Drawing ................2131
Figure 2029 Attitude/Heading Interface Drawing ........................2139
Figure 2030 Antenna/Suppression Interface Drawing .....................2141
Figure 2031 Power Interface Drawing ...................................2143
Figure 2032 Lear 31/EFS 40/50 TCAS Interface Drawing ..................2145
Figure 2033 GC 362/Bendix TCAS Interface Drawing ......................2147
Figure 2034 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface Drawing ...................2153
Figure 2035 GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing .....................2159
Figure 2036 RA Display (ARINC 429 Low Speed) Interface Drawing ........2163
Figure 2037 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing ....2165
Figure 2038 Citation VB Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing .........2183
Figure 2039 Jetstream 41 Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing ........2187
Figure 2040 Diagnostic/Data Recorder Interface Drawing ................2191
Figure 2041 TCAS II ATE Interface Drawing .............................2193
Figure 2042 MST 67A Mode S Interface Drawing ..........................2195
Figure 2043 Collins TDR-94D Mode S Interface Drawing ..................2197
TC-9
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Figure 2044 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing ................2199

Figure 2045 CAS 67A TCAS II System Interface Drawing ..................2207
TC-10
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Table 1 CAS 67A TCAS II System Components ............................1

Table 2 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Versions ...........................2
Table 3 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Features ...........................2
Table 4 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Specifications .....................5
Table 5 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Versions .................9
Table 6 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Features .................9
Table 7 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Specifications ...........9
Table 8 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Versions ........................10
Table 9 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Features ........................10
Table 10 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Specifications ..................11
Table 11 Omnidirectional Antenna Versions ............................13
Table 12 Omnidirectional Antenna Features ............................13
Table 13 IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Versions ..................................14
Table 14 IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Features ..................................17
Table 15 IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Specifications ............................18
Table 16 IVA-81B RA/VSI Versions .....................................19
Table 17 IVA-81B RA/VSI Features .....................................19
Table 18 IVA-81B RA/VSI Specifications ...............................20
Table 19 IVA-81C TA/RA/VSI Versions ..................................21
Table 20 IVA-81C TA/RA/VSI Features ..................................21
Table 21 IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Versions ..................................22
Table 22 IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Features ..................................22
Table 23 IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Specifications ....................23
Table 24 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Versions ....................24
Table 25 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Features ....................24
Table 26 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Specifications ..............25
TC-11
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Table 27 MST 67A Mode S Transponder Versions .........................26

Table 28 MST 67A Mode S Transponder Features .........................27
Table 29 MST 67A Mode S Transponder Specifications ...................28
Table 30 KFS 578A Control Unit Versions ..............................31
Table 31 KFS 578A Control Unit Features ..............................32
Table 32 KFS 578A Control Unit Specifications ........................33
Table 33 KFS 578A - PS-578A Configuration Cross-Reference (TCAS II) ..34
Table 34 PS-578A Control Unit Versions ...............................38
Table 35 PS-578A Control Unit Features ...............................39
Table 36 PS-578A Control Unit Specifications .........................40
Table 37 PS-550 Control Unit Versions ................................41
Table 38 PS-550 Control Unit Features ................................42
Table 39 PS-550 Control Unit Specifications ..........................43
Table 40 CD 671C Control Unit Versions ...............................44
Table 41 CD 671C Control Unit Features ...............................45
Table 42 CD 671C Control Unit Specifications .........................46
Table 43 CTA-81A Control Unit Versions ...............................47
Table 44 CTA-81A Control Unit Features ...............................48
Table 45 CTA-81A/CTA-81D Control Unit Specifications .................49
Table 46 CTA-81D Control Unit Versions ...............................50
Table 47 CTA-81D Control Unit Features ...............................50
Table 48 Optional Displays and Control Units .........................51
Table 49 Related Publications ........................................93
Table 50 TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG Config. Module/Diagnostic Software Kits ....95
Table 51 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Installation Kit ..................96
Table 52 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Upgrade Installation Kit ..........97
TC-12
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Table 53 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Upgrade Installation Kit ..........97

Table 54 ANT 67A Antenna Adapter Kits ................................98
Table 55 IVA-81A/IVA-81B/IVA-81C/IVA-81D Installation Kit ............99
Table 58 GC 362A Installation Kit ...................................100
Table 59 MST 67A Installation Kit ...................................100
Table 60 KFS 578A / PS-578A Installation Kit ........................101
Table 61 CD 671C Installation Kit ...................................102
Table 62 CTA-81A/CTA-81D Installation Kit ...........................103
Table 63 TCAS II System Integration Matrix ..........................105
Table 64 Control Unit Control and Indicator Functions ...............153
Table 1001 TCAS/Weather Radar Display Fault Annunciations ............1006
Table 1002 Catastrophic Single Letter Failure Codes ..................1007
Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes ................................1008
Table 2001 TPU 67A TCAS Processor, Rear Connector Pin Names ..........2011
Table 2002 Configuration Module, Connector Pin Names .................2019
Table 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector Pin Names ..............2023
Table 2004 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector (P5782) Pin Definitions ...2026
Table 2005 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781) .........2026
Table 2006 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions .......2029
Table 2007 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J2) Pin Definitions .......2031
Table 2008 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions ........2033
Table 2009 CD 671C Control Unit, Connector Pin Names .................2037
Table 2010 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Proc. -0101, Connector Pin Names ....2040
TC-13
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ITEM PAGE
Table 2013 Inspection/Check Procedure ................................2051
TC-14
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
INTRODUCTION
This manual includes description, installation, fault isolation, and flight-line

checkout procedures for the Honeywell CAS 67A (TCAS II) Traffic Alert and Col-
lision Avoidance System.
The conditions and tests required for the TSO and MOPS approval of this article
are minimum performance standards. It is the responsibility of those installing
this article either on or with a specified type or class of aircraft to determine
that the aircraft installation conditions are within the TSO and MOPS standards.
These articles must have separate approval for installation in an aircraft. Any
features in this equipment outside the requirements of this applicable TSO and
MOPS must be evaluated and approved as part of the installation approval. The
article may be installed only if performed under 14 CFR part 43 or the applicable
airworthiness requirements.
INTRO-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
INTRO-2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. General
“SYSTEM DESCRIPTION” contains functional descriptions, equipment part

numbers, and specifications for the Honeywell CAS 67A TCAS II Traffic
Alert and Collision Avoidance System.
The CAS 67A TCAS II system monitors airspace around its "own" aircraft by
interrogating an "intruder" aircraft’s transponder. The TCAS processor
computes the range, differential altitude, bearing and closure rate of the
intruder. It then compares this data to its own position and determines
the potential for collision. Audio messages and visual displays of traf-
fic advisories (TAs) and collision resolution advisories (RAs) are pro-
duced when required.
2. System Configuration
Components of the CAS 67A TCAS II system are listed in Table 1 CAS 67A
TCAS II System Components and shown in Figure 1 CAS 67A TCAS II System
Components. Versions, features, and specifications of system components
are listed in following paragraphs.
NOTE: Some part numbers may not be currently available. Consult the
current Honeywell catalog or contact a Honeywell representative
for equipment availability.
PROCESSOR TPU 67A TCAS II Processor and

CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module
ANTENNA ANT 67A Directional Antenna
(TOP)
ANTENNA ANT 67A Directional Antenna
(BOTTOM) OR: L-band Omnidirectional antenna (dc shorted) optional
DISPLAYS Dual resolution advisory displays and a traffic display required:
Two IVA-81A/IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Traffic Advisory/Resolution Advisory/
Vertical Speed Indicators.
OR: IVA-81B RA/VSI Resolution Advisory/Vertical Speed Indicator and a
radar/traffic display via GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor.
OR: KAD 480T Air Data System and an EFIS 40/50 MFD Display via symbol
generator.
TRANSPONDER MST 67A ATC Mode S (diversity) Transponder
CONTROL UNIT KFS 578A/PS-578A/PS-550 Mode S Transponder/TCAS Control Unit
OR: CD 671C Mode S Transponder/TCAS Control Unit
OR: CTA-81A/CTA-81D Mode S Transponder/TCAS Control Unit
OR: RMS 555 Radio Management System
Table 1 CAS 67A TCAS II System Components
Page 1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
A. TPU 67A TCAS II Processor
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the TPU

67A TCAS II processor.
EXTENDED SECONDARY CHANGE 7

HONEYWELL VERSION PRIMARY SINGLE OR DUAL ENVIRONMENTAL ATT/HDG SOFTWARE
PART NUMBER NUMBER POWER DIRECTIONAL ANT PROTECTION INPUT ACAS II
066-01146 -0101 28 Vdc X
-0201 28 Vdc X X X
-1111 28 Vdc X X
-1211 28 Vdc X X X X
Table 2 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit TCAS II transmitter-receiver. Primary component of CAS 67A system.
Contains circuitry necessary for functions of a TCAS II system and
interfacing with configuration module, antennas, graphic
processors, controls, and displays.
Primary Power 28 Vdc power input
Single or Dual Designed for installations having top-mounted directional antenna,
Directional Antenna and bottom-mounted directional or omnidirectional antenna.
Extended Environmental TPU 67A p/n’s 066-01146-0201,-1211 have been TSO’d with additional
Protection environmental testing (Radio Frequency Susceptibility [Radiated and
Conducted], Emission of Radio Frequency Energy, and Lightning
Induced Transient Susceptibility categories). Refer to Figure 2
TPU 67A Environmental Qualification Form for details.
Attitude/Heading TPU 67A p/n’s 066-01146-0201,-1211 have an additional secondary
Secondary Input ARINC429 AHRS/IRU Attitude/Heading Input Port.
NOTE: One or two directional antennas may be used in a TCAS II system. A top-mounted ANT
67A is always required. For intruder bearing to be determined on the bottom-antenna an ANT
67A must be used on bottom of aircraft.
Table 3 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Features
Page 2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 1 CAS 67A TCAS II System Components
Page 3/4
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Form Factor 4 MCU ARINC 600 (1/2 long ATR)
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2012 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Outline
Drawing
Weight See Figure 2012 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Outline
Drawing
Power Requirements
Primary +28 Vdc (22-30 Vdc), 70 watts (maximum)
Reference 26 Vac synchro reference power (ARINC 413A)
Altitude Category A2 15,000 ft; F2 55,000 ft
Temperature Range
Operating -55 °C to +70 °C
Storage -55 °C to +85 °C
Cooling Convection
Surveillance Capacity 45 aircraft. Some TCAS display up to 30 of the
closest-range intruders.
Voice Synthesizer Output Speaker: 6.5 watts into 8 ohms.
Headphones: 40 milliwatts (nominal) into 600 ohms
(strap selectable).
Receiver Frequency 1087 to 1093 MHz
Minimum Trigger Level (MTL) -74 dBm ±2 dB at antenna end of coax
Decoding Ratio
Input at -78 dBm or less 10% maximum
at antenna
Input at MTL +3 dB to -21 dBm 99% minimum
Out-of-Band Rejection
(reply signal level required
to provide 90% decoding ratio)
At 1084.5 and 1095.5 MHz 3 dB above MTL minimum
At 1075 and 1105 MHz 40 dB above MTL minimum
At 1065 and 1115 MHz 60 dB above MTL minimum
Dynamic Minimum Trigger
Level (DMTL) Threshold
ATCRBS MTL + 13 dB
Mode S MTL + 10 dB
Minimum Pulse Width 300 µsec
Maximum Pulse Rise Time 0.50 µsec
Table 4 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Specifications
(Sheet 1 of 4)
Page 5
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Delay Difference (between top and 0.05 µsec
bottom antenna channels,
including transmission lines)
Transmitter:
Frequency 1030.00 ±0.01 MHz
Warm up time 3 minutes for frequency stabilization
Input VSWR: 1.35:1
Rf Peak Output Power at unit
connector
Omni Antenna
Minimum +47.0 dBm (50 W)
Maximum +51.0 dBm (126 W)
Directional Antenna
(per port)
Minimum +47 dBm (50 W)
Maximum +51 dBm (126 W)
Nominal +49 dBm (79 W)
Unwanted Output Power -70 dBm maximum
(inactive state)
Interrogation Repetition 1 second
Interval
Broadcast Interrogation 10 seconds in each direction (nominal)
Interval
Interrogation Interval
Jitter
Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C +0.1 to -0.1 seconds about the nominal 1-second
interval.
TCAS Broadcast -1.0 to +1.0 seconds about the nominal 10-second
interval.
Transmitter Delay Difference 0.050 µsec maximum
(between top and bottom
antenna channels, including
transmission lines)

(Sheet 2)
Page 6
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Transmitter (Cont.)
Transmitter Pulse
Characteristics
Mode C Only All-Call
(S1, P1, P2, P3, P4)
Pulse Duration 0.80 ±0.05 µsec
Rise Time 0 to 0.10 µsec
Decay Time 0 to 0.20 µsec
Pulse Spacing
P1 to P2 2.00 ±0.10 µsec
P1 to P3 21.00 ±0.10 µsec
P3 to P4 2.00 ±0.04 µsec
S1 to P1 2.00 ±0.10 µsec
Mode S
Pulse Duration
P1, P2 0.80 ±0.05 µsec
P6 (short) 16.250 ±0.125 µsec
P6 (long) 30.250 ±0.125 µsec
Rise Time 0.05 to 0.10 µsec
Decay Time 0.05 to 0.20 µsec
S1 Pulse 10 dB below the P1 pulse in the current set of
pulses. The level is dependent on the whisper-shout
level.

(Sheet 3)
Page 7
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Transmitter Pulse
Pulse Spacing
P1 to P2 2.00 ±0.04 µsec
P2 to P6 sync 2.75 ±0.04 µsec
phase reversal
P6 leading edge 1.25 ±0.04 µsec
to P6 sync phase reversal
High Resolution Whisper-Shout
Mode C Power Levels
S1 Pulse 2 dB or 3 dB below the P1 pulse in the current set
of pulses. The level is dependent on the whisper-
shout level.
Minimum Basic Whisper-Shout
Mode C Power Levels
(066-01146-1111,-1211 only)
Connectors ARINC 404. See Figure 2001 TPU 67A TCAS Processor
Rear Connector Key & Pin Locations
TSO C119a p/n 066-01146-0101,-0201
C119b p/n 066-01146-1111,-1211
Environmental Certification See Figure 2 TPU 67A Environmental Qualification
Form

(Sheet 4)
Page 8
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
B. CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the CM

67A/CM 2000 configuration module.
HONEYWELL VERSION BASIC UNIT INITIALIZED W/ NUMBER OF TSO

PART NUMBER NUMBER DEFAULTS MOUNTING SCREWS COMPLIANCE
071-00097 -1000 CM 67A X 2 C63c, C119a
-0100 CM 2000 2 C63c, C119a
Table 5 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Contains two 9356 EEPROMS stored with hardware strap and bearing
calibration information. Screw mounted within two (2) feet of wire
harness from the TCAS processor rack.
Table 6 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Features
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module
Outline Drawing
Weight See Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module
Outline Drawing
Components Solid state, no mechanical parts
Mounting Remote. See Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration
Module Outline Drawing
Power Requirements +5 Vdc, via TPU 67A TCAS II processor
Temperature -55 °C to +70 °C
Electrical Connector See Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module
Outline Drawing
TSO C119a and C63c
Environmental Certification See Figure 3 CM 67A Environmental Qualification Form
or Figure 4 CM 2000 Environmental Qualification Form
Table 7 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Specifications
Page 9
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
C. ANT 67A Directional Antenna
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the ANT

67A directional antenna.
HONEYWELL VERSION ANTENNA COAX CONN BASIC NUMBER OF

PART NUMBER NUMBER SHAPE SHAPE MOUNTING SCREWS
071-01548 -0100 Teardrop 1.50" Flat 4
-0200 Teardrop 0.73" Flat 4
Table 8 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Four-element passive array. Screw mounted to aircraft fuselage.
Radiates 1030 MHz, pulse-modulated inputs from TPU 67A TCAS processor.
Detects radiated 1090 MHz, pulse-modulated signals.
Table 9 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Features
Page 10
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Form Factor ARINC 735 (teardrop shape)
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Weight See Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Antenna Base Types Flat base (071-01548-0100,-0200)
Altitude Category F2 55,000 ft.
Temperature Range
Antenna Mounting Footprint See Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Antenna Mounting Mounts directly to aircraft using mounting
instructions, defined in Figure 2011 ANT 67A
Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim,
Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing, and paragraph 11. ANT 67A Directional
Antenna Adapter Plate Installation.
An antenna adapter is required for mounting flat-
base antenna on a curved surface.
Exterior Material High-strength composite
Number of Antenna Array Elements Four
Polarization Vertical
Power Requirements None
Transmission Frequency 1030 ±1 MHz
Receiving Frequency 1090 ±3 MHz
Connectors See Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Quantity Four
Type See Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Pressurization Withstands a pressure differential of 25 P.S.I.A.
Lighting Protection Meets swept zone 2A lightning strike
requirements
Table 10 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Specifications

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 11
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Main Beam Characteristics
Operational Beam Positions 4
Half Power Azimuth Beam Width > 90 degrees
(measured over -15 to +20
elevation)
Steering Quantization 90°
Omni Beam Characteristics
Operational Beam Positions 360°
Beam Null Compared to Main > 9 dB
Beam (at each elevation from
-15 to +20)
Input Port VSWR 1.35:1 maximum
Antenna Cable Loss Requirement 2.5 ± 0.5 dB at 1030 MHz for each coaxial cable
including connectors
Antenna Cable Differential Phase Delay 135° maximum electrical length
Maximum Peak Input Power 1000 W pulsed
Maximum Average Input Power 10 W continuous
ARINC Characteristic ARINC 735
TSO C118 and C119a
Environmental Certification See Figure 5 ANT 67A Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 10 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Specifications

(Sheet 2)
Page 12
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
D. L-Band Omnidirectional Antenna
Listed below are versions and features of the omnidirectional an-

tenna.
VENDOR NAME MODEL VENDOR PART LRU IMPEDANCE/ TSO

NUMBER DESCRIPTION RF/DC COMPLIANCE
Dorne & DMNI 50- DMNI 50-2-2 L-Band 50 Ω/Short C66a, C74c
Margolin Series
Table 11 Omnidirectional Antenna Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Screw mounted to aircraft fuselage. Radiates 1030 MHz, pulse-modulated
inputs from TPU 67A TCAS processor. Detects radiated 1090 MHz, pulse-
modulated signals. Vertically polarized.
Table 12 Omnidirectional Antenna Features
Page 13
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
E. IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the IVA-

81A TA/RA/VSI.
UP⋅DN TA
HONEYWELL PART VERSION FACE PRIMARY PANEL RANGE SELECT DIM SW
NUMBER NUMBER PLATE POWER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH (POT) IDENT
066-50001 -8101 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8102 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8103 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8104 Blue 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8105 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-8106 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-8107 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-8108 Blue 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-0901 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1001 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1101 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1201 Blue 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1301 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-1401 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-1501 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-1601 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-1701 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1801 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1901 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc 01/06
-2001 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc 01/06
-2101 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 01/06
-2201 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 01/06
-2301 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 01/06
-2401 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 01/06
Table 13 IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Versions

(Sheet 1 of 4)
Page 14
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
UP⋅DN TA
HONEYWELL PART VERSION FACE PRIMARY PANEL RANGE SELECT DIM SW
NUMBER NUMBER PLATE POWER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH (POT) IDENT
066-50001 -2802 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 02/03
-2902 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 02/03
-3002 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 02/03
-3102 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 02/03
-3202 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 02/03
-2304 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-2404 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-2904 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 04/03
-3004 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 04/03
-3104 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-3204 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-3304 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 04/03
-3404 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 04/03

(Sheet 2)
Page 15
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
SOFTWARE RANGE SELECTION OPTIONS BY SOFTWARE TYPE

RANGE OPTION: 01/06 02/03 03/03 04/03 05/03 06/01
Fixed at 6.5 nm X X X X X X
Fixed at 10.0 nm X X
3, 5, 10, 15 nm X X X
Transponder Panel X X X X X X
5, 10, 20, 40 nm X X X
3, 5, 10, 20, 40 nm X
1, 3, 5, 10, 20, 40 nm X X
(Sheet 3)
OPTIONS BY SOFTWARE TYPE

FUNCTION: 01/06 02/03 03/03 04/03 05/03 06/01
RLS Capability X X
Type “A” Flags/ MSGs X X
BLS Compensation X X X X
NVIS Compatible X X
Day/Night Display X X
NON-Standard ARINC 419 X X X
E-TCAS Compatible X
Vertical Speed m/sec X
Strap selectable Dim Knob X X X X
TSO’d X X X X

(Sheet 4)
Page 16
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Displays resolution advisories, traffic advisories, and indicates
vertical speed.
Faceplate Choice of faceplate colors
Primary Power Choice of 115 Vac or 28 Vdc versions
Panel Lighting Choice of 5 Vac/Vdc or 28 Vdc versions
UP/DN Pushbutton range control mounted on front panel of TA/RA/VSI display.
Range Control The range control allows the selection of 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, or 40
nautical mile display ranges. Specific ranges and range groups
available are defined by the software version in use.
TA SEL Switch Declutters all traffic symbols from display. If a TA or RA occurs, the
All Traffic is automatically displayed.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness
Table 14 IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Features
Page 17
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Form Factor 3 ATI x 7.5 inches deep
Components Solid state. No mechanical parts
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing
Weight See Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing
Mounting Front, panel mount
Primary Power 115 V 400 Hz, 22 W; or 28 Vdc, 29 W.
Reference Power +/-12 Vdc reference power if altitude rate source
input is ARINC 575 analog.
26 Vac reference power if altitude rate source input
is ARINC 565 analog.
Lighting Power 5 Vac or 5 Vdc, 195 mA; or 28 Vdc, 135 mA.
Operating Temperature Range -15 °C to + 70 °C
Number of Intruder Symbol 3-30 Maximum determined by TCAS processor
program strap configuration.
Display High resolution, full color dot matrix LCD.
Combination vertical speed and traffic display.
Vertical Speed Input The IVA-81A meets the requirements of both type B
and type C VSI indicators, pneumatic or air data
electrical input. Both ARINC 500 and 700 series air
data input accepted.
Data Input High-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted Range Control Optional
Front-Mounted TA SEL Switch and BRT Optional
Control
Pneumatic Connector (Located on See Figure 2002 IVA-81A/B/C/D Rear Connector
indicator rear panel) Locations
Electrical Connector (Located on See Figure 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector
indicator rear panel) Pin Locations
TSO C119a, C8c
Environmental Certification See Figure 16 IVA 81A/B Environmental Certification
Categories
Table 15 IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Specifications
Page 18
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F. IVA-81B RA/VSI

81B RA/VSI.
HONEYWELL PART VERSION FACE PRIMARY PANEL

NUMBER NUMBER PLATE POWER LIGHTING
066-50002 -8101 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc
-8102 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc
-8103 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc
-8104 Blue 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc
-0901 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc
-1001 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc
Table 16 IVA-81B RA/VSI Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Displays resolution advisories and indicates vertical speed
Primary Power Choice of 115 Vac or 28 Vdc versions
Panel Lighting Choice of 5 Vac/Vdc or 28 Vdc versions
Table 17 IVA-81B RA/VSI Features
Page 19
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Components Electromechanical and solid state
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2016 IVA 81B (RA/VSI) Outline Drawing
Weight See Figure 2016 IVA 81B (RA/VSI) Outline Drawing
Mounting Front, panel mount
Primary Power 115 V 400 Hz, 20 W; or 28 Vdc, 29 W
Reference Power +/-12 Vdc reference power if altitude rate source
input is ARINC 575 analog.
26 Vac reference power if altitude rate source input
is ARINC 565 analog.
Lighting Power 5 Vac or 5 Vdc; or 28 Vdc
Display Lamps around the periphery of a fixed vertical speed
scale and electromechanical needle. Combination
vertical speed and resolution advisory display.
Vertical Speed Input The IVA-81B meets the requirements of both type B
and type C VSI indicators, pneumatic or air data
electrical input.
Data Input from TCAS High speed ARINC 429
Pneumatic Connector See Figure 2002 IVA-81A/B/C/D Rear Connector
Locations
Electrical Connector See Figure 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector
Pin Locations
TSO C119a, C8c
Environmental Certification See Figure 16 IVA 81A/B Environmental Certification
Categories
Table 18 IVA-81B RA/VSI Specifications
Page 20
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
G. IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI

81C (P/N 066-50053-XXXX) and IVA-81D (P/N 066-01171-XXXX) TA/RA/
VSI.
HONEYWELL VERSION BEZEL PRIMARY RANGE TA LIGHTING BUS BRIGHT

PART NUMBER NUMBER POWER CONTROL SELECT CONTROL
UP⋅DN SWITCH (DIM POT)
066-50053 -2704 Black 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-2804 Gray 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
Table 19 IVA-81C TA/RA/VSI Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
vertical speed.
Range Control The range control allows selection of 3, 5, 10, 20, or 40 nautical
mile display ranges. Specific ranges and range groups available are
defined by the software version in use.
TA SEL Switch Declutters all traffic symbols from display. If a TA or RA occurs, All
Traffic is automatically displayed.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness.
Table 20 IVA-81C TA/RA/VSI Features
Page 21
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
HONEYWELL VERSION SOFTWARE BEZEL PRIMARY RANGE TA LIGHTING BUS BRIGHT

PART NUMBER* VERSION POWER CONTROL SELECT CONTROL
NUMBER UP⋅DN SWITCH (DIM POT)
066-01171 -0901 01/06 Black 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-0903 03/03 Black 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-1001 01/06 Gray 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-1101 01/06 Brown 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-1704 04/03 Black 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-1804 04/03 Gray 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-2304 04/03 Black 28 V dc X 28 V dc X
-2804 04/03 Gray 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-3104 04/03 Black 28 V dc X 28 V dc X
-3404 04/03 Gray 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc X
-3704** 06/01 Black 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-3706** 06/01 Black 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-8102 01/06 Gray 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc
* Honeywell part number 066-01171-XXXX where -xxxx = Version Number
** NVIS-compatible Version, remaining versions have a light sensor.
Table 21 IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
vertical speed.
Range Control The range control allows selection of 3, 5, 10, 20, or 40 nautical
mile display ranges. Specific ranges and range groups available are
defined by the software version in use.
TA SEL Switch Declutters all traffic symbols from display. If a TA or RA occurs, All
Traffic is automatically displayed.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness.
Table 22 IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Features
Page 22
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Components Solid state. No mechanical parts
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2017 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing or
Figure 2018 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing
Maximum Weight See Figure 2017 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing or
Mounting Front, panel mount, Marmon clamp or equivalent
Power Requirements
Primary 115 V ac 400 Hz, or 28 V dc. Maximum power
dissipation 40 watts (short term at cold
temperature), at full brightness including display
warm-up at low temperature.
Lighting 5 V ac or dc or 28 V dc
Reference +12 V dc if altitude rate source input is ARINC 575
analog. 26 V ac if altitude rate source input is
ARINC 565 analog.
Number of Intruder Symbol Maximum determined by TCAS processor
3-30 program strap configuration
Display High resolution, full color dot matrix LCD.
Combination vertical speed, and traffic display
Vertical Speed Input The IVA 81C / IVA 81D meet the requirements of both
type B and type C VSI indicators. Pneumatic or air
data electrical input. Both ARINC 500 and 700
series air data input accepted.
Data Input High-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted TA SEL Switch and BRT Optional
Control
Pneumatic Connector (Located on See Figure 2002 IVA-81A/B/C/D Rear Connector
indicator rear panel) Locations
Electrical Connector (Located on See Figure 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector
indicator rear panel) Pin Locations
TSO C118, C119a, C8d (81C)
C118, C119b, C8d (81D)
Software Certification DO-178B, Level B
Environmental Certification See Figure 17 IVA 81C Environmental Qualification
Form or Figure 18 IVA 81D Environmental
Qualification Form
Table 23 IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Specifications
Page 23
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
H. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the GC

362A TCAS graphics processor.
HONEYWELL PART VERSION PRIMARY REMOTE RADAR INDICATOR

NUMBER NUMBER POWER SWITCH
071-01505 -0102* 28 Vdc X RDS/RDR SERIES, HONEYWELL PRIMUS**
-0103 28 Vdc X RDS/RDR SERIES, HONEYWELL PRIMUS**
-0203 28 Vdc X RDS/RDR SERIES, COLLINS**
* Version -0102 replaced by version -0103.
** See Table 25 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Features for model
compatibility.
Table 24 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Remote mounted graphics processor, converts high speed 429 from ARINC
735 processor for display on weather radar indicator.
Remote Switch Discrete switch that allows for manual mode control of the graphic
processor. Modes available are WX Radar Only, WX Radar/TCAS overlay,
and TCAS Only.
TCAS Processor Compatible with Honeywell TPU 67A
Radar Systems: All versions compatible with Honeywell RDS 81, RDS 82, RDS 84, RDS 86,
RDR 2000, and RDR 2100.
-0102 Compatible with Honeywell Primus 200, 300SL, 400, 800 and P90
series radars.
-0103 Compatible with Honeywell Primus 200, 300SL, 400, 650, 800, 870
and P90 series radars.
-0203 Compatible with Collins IND-270 radar indicator.
Table 25 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Features
Page 24
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2019 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor
Outline Drawing
Weight See Figure 2019 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor
Outline Drawing
Mounting Remote
Power Requirements 28 Vdc, 0.9 A max.
TSO C105
Temperature:
Data Input High Speed ARINC 429
Altitude 55,000 ft.
Symbology:
Red-filled square (TCAS II only) Resolution Advisory (RA) intruder
Yellow-filled square Traffic Advisory (TA)
White-filled diamond Proximity intruder
White unfilled diamond Non-threat intruder
Self-test Capability Initiated by TCAS system with label 270 set to
functional test.
Environmental Certification See Figure 15 GC 362A Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 26 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Specifications
Page 25
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
I. MST 67A Mode S Transponder
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the MST

67A Mode S transponder.
HONEYWELL PART VERSION PRIMARY BITE DIVER- BURST REMOTE DATA FLIGHT ID
NUMBER NUMBER POWER SITY TUNING IDENT LINK REPORTING
066-01143 -0301* 14-28 V FULL X 2
-0601 14-28 V FULL X X X 2
-1101 14-28 V LIMITED X 3 X
-1301 14-28 V FULL X 3 X
-1602 14-28 V FULL X 3 X
* Version -0301 replaced by version -0601.
NOTE: Antenna diversity is necessary for a TCAS configuration.
Table 27 MST 67A Mode S Transponder Versions
Page 26
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Provides microprocessor controlled processing of ATCRBS and Mode S
interrogations and replies. Provides ATC transponder functions for
ATCRBS Mode A, ATCRBS Mode C, and SPI. Processes Mode S interrogations
and replies in accordance with RTCA DO-181A and ARINC 718. Interfaces
with TCAS and various data sources. Contains automatic self-test.
Primary Power 13.75 to 28 Vdc power input.
BITE The Built In Test Equipment will annunciate faults. The faults will be
displayed externally by the control unit or internally by an LED
segment on the I/O processor board.
Antenna Diversity Provides improved air-to-air surveillance and communication by
employing two antennas; one mounted on the top, and the other mounted
on the bottom. Antenna selection is automatic, and accomplished on the
basis of the relative strengths of the detected interrogation signals.
TCAS Compatibility Versions with antenna diversity are certified compatible with TCAS
operation.
Burst Tuning Compatible with “burst mode” control word format, where tuning data is
transmitted only during tuning activity and not refreshed in between.
Remote Ident Allows for IDENT transmission from a source other than a control unit.
Data Link Level 2 limited capability that supports TCAS only, as defined by DO-
181A MOPS.
Level 3 (Comm A/B and Comm C ELM) datalink and Flight ID reporting,
with separate ADLP input/output ARINC 429 ports, as defined by DO-181A
MOPS and ARINC 718.
Flight ID Flight ID ARINC 429 input port, as defined by DO-181A MOPS and ARINC
Reporting 718.
Table 28 MST 67A Mode S Transponder Features
Page 27
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
TSO Compliance C112 2A1 101 011 (-0301, -0601 versions)
C112 3A2 121 011 (-1101, -1301, -1602 versions)
Form Factor 1 MCU ARINC 600 (1/4 ATR short).
Physical Dimensions See MST 67A Install Manual 34-54-01, outline drawing
Weight See MST 67A Install Manual 34-54-01, outline drawing
Power Requirements +13.75-28 Vdc, 45 watts max.
Temperature Range A2 -15 °C to +70 °C
F2 -55 °C to +85 °C
Maximum Humidity 95%
Cooling No forced air cooling required
Vibration Constant total excursion of 0.02" from 5 to 50 Hz with a
maximum acceleration of 1.5 G. Constant acceleration of 0.5 G
from 50 to 200 Hz.
Shock Rigid mounting 6 G operational, 15 G crash safety.
Connector ARINC 404A
Transmitter Power 400 watts (nominal)
Transmit Reply Rate Rate limits of replies:
Capability ATCRBS 750 PRF, Mode S 50 PRF.
Transmit Frequency 1090 ±1 MHz
Input VSWR 1.5:1
Receive Frequency 1030 ±0.2 MHz
Altitude Inputs Dual ARINC 575 Air Data (ARINC 419), Dual ARINC 706 Air Data
(ARINC 429), Dual ARINC 407 Synchro, Dual Gillham (Mode C Gray
Code)
Control Inputs Dual ARINC 720 (ARINC 429)
Maintenance Inputs Per ARINC 604 (ARINC 429)
Datalink I/O Per ARINC 718 (ARINC 429)
Flight ID Input Per ARINC 718 (ARINC 429)
TCAS I/O Per ARINC 735 (High Speed ARINC 429)
Table 29 MST 67A Mode S Transponder Specifications

(Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 28
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Squitter Transmitted at 1 ±0.2 sec random, full self verification of
every squitter’s data and occurrence.
Suppression ARINC 718
Receiver Sensitivity and The MTL for ATCRBS and ATCRBS/Mode S All-Call interrogations
Dynamic Range will be -73 ±4 dB.
The MTL for Mode S format interrogations will be -74 ±3 dB.
The reply efficiency will be at least 90% for all Mode S
interrogations between MTL +3 dB and -21 dB.
The reply efficiency will be not more than 10% for
interrogations at signal levels below -81 dB.
The variation of the MTL between ATCRBS Mode A and Mode C
interrogations will not exceed 1 dB.
The reply efficiency will be at least 90% for ATCRBS and
ATCRBS/Mode S All-Call interrogations between MTL +3 dB and -21
dB.
Receiver Sensitivity The RF input level required to produce 90% replies will not
Variations with Frequency vary more than 1 dB, nor will it increase above -69 dBm level
for standard ATCRBS interrogation signals between 1029.8 and
1030.2 MHz.
Receiver Selectivity The standard ATCRBS interrogation signal required to trigger
the transponder below 1005 MHz and above 1055 MHz will be at
least 60 dB stronger than that required to trigger the
transponder at 1030 MHz with the same reply efficiency.
Unwanted RF Output When not transmitting, the transponder will not emit more than
-70 dBm at any frequency within 3 MHz of 1090 MHz. This “not
transmitting” period of time allows for 10 µsec transition
zones preceding and following any transmission.
ATCRBS Reply Pulse Shape All ATCRBS reply pulses and the SPI pulse will have rise times
between 0.05 and 0.1 µsec and decay times between 0.05 and 0.2
µsec. Each pulse will have a duration of 0.45 ±0.1 µsec.

(Sheet 2)
Page 29
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
ATCRBS Reply Pulse The pulse amplitude of any one ATCRBS reply pulse relative to
Amplitude Variation another in any one reply train will not exceed 1 dB.
Mode S Reply Pulse The pulse amplitude of any one Mode S reply pulse relative to
Amplitude Variation another in any one reply train will not exceed 2 dB.
Mode S Reply Pulse Shape All Mode S reply pulses will have a rise time ≤0.1 µsec and a
fall time ≤0.2 µsec. Each pulse will have a duration of 0.5
±0.05 µsec.
The shape will also be consistent with the following spectrum
requirements:
Deviation from Relative
Carrier (MHz) Amplitude (dB)
1.3 ≤ Freq < 7.0 3
7.0 ≤ Freq < 23 20
23 ≤ Freq < 78 40
78 ≤ Freq 60
Environmental See Figure 12 MST 67A Environmental Qualification Form (-0000),
Certification Figure 13 MST 67A Environmental Qualification Form (-0010),or
Figure 14 MST 67A Environmental Qualification Form (-0020).

(Sheet 3)
Page 30
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
J. KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS II Control Unit Configurations
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the KFS

578A control unit that are compatible with TCAS II.
HONEYWELL VERSION FACE PANEL ON/OFF DUAL TCAS RANGE TDR 94D “POPUP”
PART NUMBER PLATE LIGHTING SWITCH XPNDR SWITCH COMPAT- COMPAT-
1/2 IBLE IBLE
071-01507 -1701 Black 28 Vdc X Normal
-1801 Gray 28 Vdc X Normal
-1901 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X Normal
-2001 Gray 5 Vac/Vdc X Normal
-2201 Gray 28 Vdc Normal
-2301 Black 5 Vac/Vdc Normal
-3502 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X X EXTND
-4102 Black 28 Vdc X EXTND
-4202 Gray 28 Vdc X EXTND
-4302 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X EXTND
-4402 Gray 5 Vac/Vdc X EXTND
-4902 Black 28 Vdc X X No
-5002 Gray 28 Vdc X X No
-5102 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X X No
-5202 Gray 5 Vac/Vdc X X No
-3303 Black 28 Vdc X X EXTND X
-3403 Gray 28 Vdc X X EXTND X
-3503 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X X EXTND X
-3603 Gray 5 Vac/Vdc X X EXTND X
-4903 Black 28 Vdc X X No X
-5003 Gray 28 Vdc X X No X
-5103 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X X No X
-5203 Gray 5 Vac/Vdc X X No X
-5503 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X No X
-5603 Gray 5 Vac/Vdc X No X
-4304 Black 5 Vac/Vdc X EXTND/SLCT X X
-4404 Gray 5 Vac/Vdc X EXTND/SLCT X X
* -XX04 software versions provide "POP-UP” display mode as a switched or strap option
and “Select (SLCT)” range as a strap option.
Table 30 KFS 578A Control Unit Versions
Page 31
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based control unit for controlling a transponder. The
unit contains all controls required for transponder operation
including: TEST, STANDBY, ON (transponder), ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT.
Some versions are compatible with the Collins TDR 94D.
Panel Lighting Choice of 5 Vac/Vdc or 28 Vdc version dimming source
ON/OFF Switch Turns the system ON or OFF
Dual Xpndr 1/2 Provides control of two individually selected transponders
TCAS Range Selects the TCAS traffic display range according to the KFS 578A
Control Switch version configuration:
-NORMAL 3, 5, 10, or 15 nm;
-EXTENDED (EXTND) 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, or 40 nm;
-SELECT (SLCT) 5, 10, 20, or 40 nm. “Select” range is an installation
strap option available on -XX04 versions. Refer to Table 2005 KFS 578A
Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781).
-NO RANGE control units annunciate on the display.
TCAS The TCAS configuration contains the following elements:
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-
threat category aircraft on traffic display.
TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory Only mode.
TA/RA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory/Resolution
Advisory mode.
FL: TCAS Flight Level function causes the TCAS indicator to change
displayed altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft)
to absolute altitude.
POP-UP On -XX04 units an external strap or switch is required to select
one of two options: MANUAL or AUTO mode. In Honeywell EFIS in-
stallations, the Traffic display can be brought up on the Multi-
Functional Display (MFD) by a deep toggle of the TCAS button lo-
cated on the EFIS controller. If the "AUTO" mode is active, the
Traffic display can "POP-UP", initiated by the presence of traf-
fic.
Table 31 KFS 578A Control Unit Features
Page 32
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2020 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline
Drawing
Weight See Figure 2020 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline
Drawing
Mounting Front panel rail mount
Power Requirements
Primary 28 Vdc, 350 mA, 10 W.
Display 27.5 Vdc, 10.5 W.
Lighting 5 Vac 400 Hz or 5 Vdc, 300 mA, 1.5 W; or 28 Vdc, 75
mA, 2.1 W.
Temperature
Cooling No forced cooling required
Operational Characteristics ARINC 718
Data Output Low speed ARINC 429
TSO Compliance TSO C112
Environmental Certification See Figure 7 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification
Form (-0000) or Figure 8 KFS 578A Environmental
Qualification Form (-0010)
Table 32 KFS 578A Control Unit Specifications
Page 33
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
K. PS-578A Mode S/TCAS II Control Unit Configurations
Listed below is a KFS 578A to PS-578A cross-reference for units com-

patible with TCAS II.
KFS 578A KFS PS-578A FACE DISPLAY DUAL XPNDR ON/OFF RANGE
TCAS
071-01507 LAMP 071-01618 PLATE COLOR 1/2 SWITCH CONTROL
-1701 28V -0026 BLK White YES NO 2 Limited
-0126 BLK Amber
-0226 BLK NVIS
-1801 28V -0025 GRY White YES NO 2 Limited
-0125 GRY Amber
-0225 GRY NVIS
-1901 5V -0026 BLK White YES NO 2 Limited
-0126 BLK Amber
-0226 BLK NVIS
-2001 5V -0025 GRY White YES NO 2 Limited
-0125 GRY Amber
-0225 GRY NVIS
-2201 28V -0027 GRY White NO NO 2 Limited
-0127 GRY Amber
-0227 GRY NVIS
-2301 5V -0028 BLK White NO NO 2 Limited
-0128 BLK Amber
-0228 BLK NVIS
-3502 5V -0022 BLK White YES YES 2 Extended
-0122 BLK Amber
-0222 BLK NVIS
-4102 28V -0026 BLK White YES NO 2 Extended
-0126 BLK Amber
-0226 BLK NVIS
-4202 28V -0025 GRY White YES NO 2 Extended
-0125 GRY Amber
-0225 GRY NVIS
Table 33 KFS 578A - PS-578A Configuration Cross-Reference (TCAS II)
Page 34
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
TCAS
-4302 5V -0026 BLK White YES NO 2 Extended
-0126 BLK Amber
-0226 BLK NVIS
-4402 5V -0025 GRY White YES NO 2 Extended
-0125 GRY Amber
-0225 GRY NVIS
-4902 28V -0022 BLK White YES YES 2 No
-0122 BLK Amber
-0222 BLK NVIS
-5002 28V -0021 GRY White YES YES 2 No
-0121 GRY Amber
-0221 GRY NVIS
-0122 BLK Amber
-0222 BLK NVIS
-0121 GRY Amber
-0221 GRY NVIS
-0122 BLK Amber
-0222 BLK NVIS
-3403 28V -0021 GRY White YES YES 2 Extended
-0121 GRY Amber
-0221 GRY NVIS
-0122 BLK Amber
-0222 BLK NVIS
-3603 5V -0021 GRY White YES YES 2 Extended
-0121 GRY Amber
-0221 GRY NVIS
-0122 BLK Amber
-0222 BLK NVIS
Page 35
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
TCAS
-0121 GRY Amber
-0221 GRY NVIS
-0122 BLK Amber
-0222 BLK NVIS
-0121 GRY Amber
-0221 GRY NVIS
-5503 5V -0024 BLK White NO YES 2 No
-0124 BLK Amber
-0224 BLK NVIS
-5603 5V -0023 GRY White NO YES 2 No
-0123 GRY Amber
-0223 GRY NVIS
-4304 5V -0026 BLK White YES NO 2 Select
-0126 BLK Amber
-0226 BLK NVIS
-4404 5V -0025 GRY White YES NO 2 Select
-0125 GRY Amber
-0225 GRY NVIS
Page 36
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
NOTE: The PS-578A is configured by grounding (*FCDE) ATE Test

J1 pin 24 using the configuration programming harness at
initial power up, and dialing in a KFS 578A version number
with the A/N/B Rotary Selector or Range Rotary Selector.
Refer to Figure 19 PS-578A Configuration Programming Har-

ness to fabricate the configuration programming harness.
Refer to Table 33 KFS 578A - PS-578A Configuration Cross-
Reference (TCAS II) for compatible PS-578A replacements
for KFS 578A units and for range control options.
NOTE: PS-578A versions that emulate KFS 578A -XX04 versions

provide “Select” range and "POP-UP” display mode as in-
stallation strap or switch options. Refer to Table 2006
PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions.
NOTE: Range Control is configured by grounding ATE Test (FCDE)

J1 pin 24 at power up, and choosing a compatible KFS 578A
version number with the desired range option by dialing
the A/N/B Rotary Selector or Range Rotary Selector.
Page 37
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the PS-

578A control units that are compatible with TCAS II.
HONEYWELL VERSION FACE DISPLAY DUAL ON/OFF LAMP VOLTS

PART NUMBER PLATE COLOR XPNDR SWITCH
1/2
071-01618 -0021 Gray White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0022 Black White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0023 Gray White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0024 Black White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0025 Gray White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0026 Black White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0027 Gray White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0028 Black White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0121 Gray Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0122 Black Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0123 Gray Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0124 Black Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0125 Gray Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0126 Black Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0127 Gray Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0128 Black Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0221 Gray NVIS Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0222 Black NVIS Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0223 Gray NVIS No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0224 Black NVIS No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0225 Gray NVIS Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0226 Black NVIS Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0227 Gray NVIS No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0228 Black NVIS No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
Table 34 PS-578A Control Unit Versions
Page 38
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based transponder control unit. The unit contains all
controls required for transponder operation including: TEST, STANDBY, ON
(transponder), ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT.
Faceplate A choice of faceplate colors are available
ON/OFF Switch Turns the control unit ON or OFF
1/2 Dual Provides control of two, individually selected transponders
TCAS Range Selects the TCAS traffic display range according to the emulated KFS 578A
Control configuration:
Switch
-NORMAL 3, 5, 10, or 15 nm;
-EXTENDED 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, or 40 nm;
-SELECT 5, 10, 20, or 40 nm. “Select” range is an installation strap option
available to units emulating KFS 578A -XX04 versions. Refer to Table 2006
PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions.
-NO RANGE control units flash “RNG CNTRL” for 1 sec and “ON DSPL” for 1 sec
when the Range rotary is activated.
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-threat

category aircraft on traffic display.
TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory mode.
TA/RA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory/Resolution Advisory mode.
displayed altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft) to
absolute altitude.
POP-UP On units emulating KFS 578A -XX04 versions an external switch or strap is
required to select one of two options: MANUAL or AUTO mode. In Honeywell
EFIS installations, the Traffic display can be brought up on the Multi-
Functional Display (MFD) by a deep toggle of the TCAS button located on the
EFIS controller. If the "AUTO" mode is active, the Traffic display can
"POP-UP," initiated by the presence of traffic.
FID Pushbutton Allows entry of alpha numeric flight identification and annunciates “FID”
on display.
Lamp Voltage Lamps can be powered by 5 Vac, 5 Vdc, or 28 Vdc dimming source.
Table 35 PS-578A Control Unit Features
Page 39
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Dimensions: See Figure 2021 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing
Weight: See Figure 2021 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing
Center of Gravity: See Figure 2021 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing
Power Requirements: 28 Vdc at 7 watts, maximum
Connectors: One 29-pin sub-D, one 9-pin sub-D. See Figure 2005 PS-
578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J1) and
Figure 2006 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear
Connector (J2)
Temperature:
Cooling: No forced cooling required
TSO: C112, C119b
Environmental Certification: See Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form
Table 36 PS-578A Control Unit Specifications
Page 40
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
L. PS-550 Mode S/TCAS II Control Unit Configurations
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the PS-

550 control units that are compatible with TCAS II.
HONEYWELL VERSION FACE DISPLAY DUAL ON/OFF LAMP VOLTS RANGE

PART NUMBER PLATE COLOR XPNDR SWITCH CONTROL
1/2 OPTION*
071-01619 -0021 Gray White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0022 Black White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0023 Gray White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0024 Black White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0025 Gray White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0026 Black White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0027 Gray White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0028 Black White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0121 Gray Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0122 Black Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0123 Gray Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0124 Black Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0125 Gray Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0126 Black Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0127 Gray Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0128 Black Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0221 Gray NVIS Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0222 Black NVIS Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0223 Gray NVIS No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0224 Black NVIS No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0225 Gray NVIS Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0226 Black NVIS Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0227 Gray NVIS No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0228 Black NVIS No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
*Discrete options for TCAS traffic display range control include: Normal 3, 5, 10, 15 nm;
Extended 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 40 nm; or Range Disabled. Refer to Table 2008 PS-550 Control Unit
Connector Pin Name Definitions.
Table 37 PS-550 Control Unit Versions
Page 41
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based control unit for controlling a transponder. The unit
contains all controls required for transponder operation including: TEST,
STANDBY, ON (transponder), ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT. Compatible with the
COLLINS TDR-94D transponder.
1/2 Dual Provides control of two individually selected transponders
TCAS Range Selects the TCAS nautical mile traffic display according to the installed
Switch discrete range option (see Table 2008 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name
Definitions):
-NORMAL 3, 5, 10, 15 nm
-EXTENDED 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 40 nm
-RANGE DISABLED. INOP is displayed as TCAS Range switch is rotated.
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-threat
category aircraft on traffic display.
TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory mode.
TA/RA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory/Resolution
Advisory mode.
FL: TCAS Flight Level function causes the TCAS indicator to change displayed
altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft) to absolute
altitude.
MODE ATC Mode - allows entry of the four-digit ATC code.
Pushbutton
FID Mode - allows entry of alpha numeric flight identification and
annunciates “FID” on display.
TFC Mode - (Collins TDR-94D) selects traffic display operating mode: pop-up
(AUTO) or full-time display (ON) and annunciates on display.
FL Mode (Honeywell MST 67A) - allows selection of relative (REL) or absolute

(ABS) altitude to be displayed.
ADC Mode - selects which air data computer is used by TCAS and annunciates
“ADC” and “1” or “2” on display.
Lamp Voltage Lamps can be powered by 5 Vac, 5 Vdc, or 28 Vdc dimming source.
Lighting Dim and bright values for panel lighting and LCD backlighting may be
Brightness adjusted independently.
Control
Table 38 PS-550 Control Unit Features
Page 42
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Dimensions: See Figure 2022 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing

Weight: See Figure 2022 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing
Center of Gravity: See Figure 2022 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing
Power Requirements: 28 Vdc at 7 watts, maximum
Connector: One 65 pin. See Figure 2007 PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control
Unit Rear Connector
Temperature:
Cooling: No forced cooling required.
TSO: C112, C119b
Environmental Certification: See Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Qualification Form
Table 39 PS-550 Control Unit Specifications
Page 43
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
M. CD 671C Control Unit
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the CD

671C control unit.
DUAL TCAS
HONEYWELL VERSION FACE PRIMARY PANEL LIGHTING XPNDR RANGE T/Wx
PART NUMBER NUMBER PLATE POWER CHOICE 1/2 SWITCH SWITCH
071-01542 -0601 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X X X
-0701 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X X
-0801* Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X X
-0901 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X
-1601 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X X
-1901 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc
-2601 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X X X
-2701 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X X
-2901 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc X
-3901 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc, 28 Vdc
* Dim Select
Table 40 CD 671C Control Unit Versions
Page 44
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based unit contains all controls required for
transponder operation including: TEST, STANDBY, ON (transponder),
ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT. Compatible with the Collins TDR 94D
transponder.
Panel Lighting All versions can use either 5 Vac/Vdc, or 28 Vdc lamp dimming source.
ON/OFF Turns the system ON or OFF
Dual XPNDR 1/2 Provides control of two, individually selected transponders
TCAS Range Switch Selects nautical mile ranges for the traffic display. Nautical mile
range scales are 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, and 40.
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-
threat category aircraft on traffic display.
TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory Only mode.
TA/RA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory/Resolution Advisory
mode.
T/Wx: On the weather radar display selects Weather only, Weather with
TCAS traffic, or Traffic Only mode.
displayed altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft)
to absolute altitude.
Table 41 CD 671C Control Unit Features
Page 45
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Physical Dimensions See Figure 2023 CD 671C Control Unit Outline Drawing
Weight See Figure 2023 CD 671C Control Unit Outline Drawing
Mounting Front panel rail mount
Power Requirements
Primary 28 Vdc; 350 mA, 10 W
Lighting 5 Vac 400 Hz, 5 Vdc, or 28 Vdc
Temperature:
Display RCTN LCD
Data Output Low-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted TCAS/WX Control Optional
Connector Dual filtered sub-miniature twenty-five pin female.
See Figure 2008 CD 671C Control Unit, Rear
Connectors
TSO C112
Software Criticality Level DO-178A, Level 2 (Essential)
Environmental Certification: See Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 42 CD 671C Control Unit Specifications
Page 46
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
N. CTA-81A Control Unit
Listed below are versions, features, and specifications of the CTA-

81A control unit.
HONEYWELL VERSION FACE PRIMARY TCAS ABOVE/ ALT ATC ATC XPNDR
PART NO. PLATE POWER RANGE NORM/ 1/2 1/2 FAIL FAIL
SWITCH BELOW SWITCH SWITCH LAMP INPUT
SWITCH VOLTS
071-01503 -0101 Black 115 Vac 3-15 X X 12-28 OPEN
-0201 Gray 115 Vac 3-15 X X 12-28 OPEN
-1301 Black 115 Vac No X 12-28 OPEN
-1401 Gray 115 Vac No X 12-28 OPEN
-2101 Black 115 Vac 3-15 X X 12-28 OPEN
-2201 Gray 115 Vac 3-15 X X 12-28 OPEN
-2501 Black 115 Vac No X X 12-28 OPEN
-2601 Gray 115 Vac No X X 12-28 OPEN
-3801 Gray 115 Vac 5-40 X X 12-28 OPEN
-3901 Gray 115 Vac 5-40 X X 12-28 OPEN
-4001 Black 115 Vac 5-40 X X 12-28 OPEN
-4201 Black 115 Vac 5-40 X X 12-28 OPEN
-5901 Gray 115 Vac No X X 12-28 OPEN
Table 43 CTA-81A Control Unit Versions
Page 47
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit A microprocessor based transponder control unit for two Mode S
transponders and a TCAS processor.
Primary Power 115 Vac input power
Panel Lighting 5 Vac/Vdc dimming source
TCAS RANGE Switch Four position rotary switch. Depending on unit version, selects
either 3, 5, 10, or 15 nautical mile ranges or 5, 10, 20, or 40
nautical mile ranges for the traffic display.
ABOVE/NORM/BELOW Selects relative altitude display limits: normal, above normal, or
Switch below normal.
ALT 1/2 Switch Selects either altitude source 1 or 2
ATC 1/2 Switch Selects either transponder 1 or 2
ATC FAIL Lamp Voltage The ATC FAIL lamp lights when the selected transponder 1 or 2 fails.
The ATC FAIL lamp is powered by 12-28 Vdc.
XPNDR FAIL Input An OPEN from the MST 67A transponder (Transponder Failure Discrete #2)
causes the ATC FAIL lamp to light.
Table 44 CTA-81A Control Unit Features
Page 48
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Physical Dimensions See MST 67A Installation Manual 34-54-01, outline
drawings
Weight See MST 67A Installation Manual 34-54-01, outline
drawings
Mounting Dzus mounted per ARINC 718
Power Requirements
Primary 115 Vac, 400 Hz, 6 W
Display and Panel Lighting 0-5 Vac 400 Hz, or 0-5 Vdc, 10.5 W
ATC Fail Lamp 12-28 Vdc, 0.3 W
Temperature
Operational Characteristics ARINC 718/735
Data Output ARINC 429, 12.5 to 14 kbits/sec
TSO Compliance TSO C112
Environmental Certification See Figure 11 CTA 81() Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 45 CTA-81A/CTA-81D Control Unit Specifications
Page 49
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
O. CTA-81D Control Unit
Listed below are versions and features of the CTA-81D control unit.
For unit specifications refer to Table 45 CTA-81A/CTA-81D Control
Unit Specifications.
HONEYWELLP VERSION PRIMARY FACE TCAS ABOVE/ ALT ATC ATC XPNDR
ART POWER PLATE RANGE NORM/ 1/2 1/2 FAIL FAIL
NUMBER SWITCH BELOW SWITCH SWITCH LAMP INPUT
SWITCH VOLTS
071-01561 -0101 115 Vac Gray 5-40 X X 12-28 OPEN
-0201 115 Vac Gray No X X 12-28 OPEN
Table 46 CTA-81D Control Unit Versions
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit A microprocessor based transponder control unit for two Mode S
transponders and a TCAS processor, compatible with the Collins TDR
94D.
Primary Power 115 Vac input power
Panel Lighting 5 Vac/Vdc dimming source
Faceplate A gray faceplate is available
TCAS RANGE Switch Four position rotary switch. Selects 5, 10, 20, or 40 nautical mile
ranges for the traffic display.
ABOVE/NORM/BELOW Selects relative altitude display limits: normal, above normal, or
Switch below normal.
ALT 1/2 Switch Selects either altitude source 1 or 2.
ATC 1/2 Switch Selects either transponder 1 or 2.
ATC FAIL Lamp The ATC FAIL lamp lights when the selected transponder 1 or 2 fails.
Voltage The ATC FAIL lamp is powered by 12-28 Vdc.
XPNDR FAIL Input An OPEN from the MST 67A transponder (Transponder Failure Discrete #2)
causes the ATC FAIL lamp to light.
Table 47 CTA-81D Control Unit Features
Page 50
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
P. Optional Displays and Control Units
Listed below are versions of optional displays and control units.

Features and specifications are described in separate manuals listed
in Related Publications, Table 49 Related Publications.
SYSTEM LRU MANUFACTURER/ LRU DESCRIPTION LRU PART NUMBER

COMPONENT MODEL DESIGNATOR
Display Honeywell SG-465 Symbol Generator 066-04021-1108 066-
04021-1109 066-04021-
1110 066-04021-1408
066-04021-1409 066-
04021-1410
Honeywell SG-464 Symbol Generator 066-04020-1108 066-
04020-1109
Control Unit Honeywell KDA 557 Radio Management Unit 066-04029-0101
Table 48 Optional Displays and Control Units
3. Environmental Certification
TCAS II equipment meets the environmental conditions of the Radio Techni-

cal Commission for Aeronautics (RTCA) document number DO-160B/C/D, "Envi-
ronmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airline Electronic/Electri-
cal Equipment and Instruments." Environmental certification categories
for TCAS II equipment are defined in this section. For environmental cer-
tification categories of other TCAS related equipment refer to manuals
listed in Table 49 Related Publications.
Page 51
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2 TPU 67A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-00923-4800, Sheet 1 of 5)
Page 52
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-00923-4800, Sheet 2)
Page 53
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-00923-4800, Sheet 3)
Page 54
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-00923-4800, Sheet 4)
Page 55
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-00923-4800, Sheet 5)
Page 56
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 3 CM 67A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-00924-4800, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 57
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-00924-4800, Sheet 2)
Page 58
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-00924-4800, Sheet 3)
Page 59
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 4 CM 2000 Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09109-0000, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 60
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09109-0000, Sheet 2)
Page 61
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09109-0000, Sheet 3)
Page 62
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 5 ANT 67A Environmental Qualification Form

(S72-1735 Series)
Page 63
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09117-0000, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 64
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09117-0000, Sheet 2)
Page 65
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 7 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0000)

(Dwg. No. 004-09079-0000)
Page 66
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09079-0010, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 67
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09079-0010, Sheet 2)
Page 68
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form

(G7534-(),Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 69
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(G7534-(),Sheet 2)
Page 70
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(G7534-(),Sheet 3)
Page 71
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Qualification Form

(G7514-(),Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 72
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(G7514-(),Sheet 2)
Page 73
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(G7514-(),Sheet 3)
Page 74
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
NOTE: Sheet 1 of this document is not applicable to the CTA 81 () unit

but is provided for document completeness and clarity.
Figure 11 CTA 81() Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09048-0000, Sheet 1 of 7)
Page 75
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09048-0000, Sheet 2)
Page 76
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09048-0000, Sheet 3)
Page 77
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09048-0000, Sheet 4)
Page 78
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09048-0000, Sheet 5)
Page 79
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09048-0000, Sheet 6)
Page 80
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09048-0000, Sheet 7)
Page 81
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 12 MST 67A Environmental Qualification Form (-0000)

(Dwg. No. 004-09067-0000)
Page 82
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09067-0010, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 83
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09067-0010, Sheet 2)
Page 84
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09067-0020, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 85
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09067-0020, Sheet 2)
Page 86
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 004-09067-0020, Sheet 3)
Page 87
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 15 GC 362A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09077-0000, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 88
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 15 GC 362A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09077-0000, Sheet 2)
Page 89
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 16 IVA 81A/B Environmental Certification Categories
Page 90
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 17 IVA 81C Environmental Qualification Form
Page 91
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 18 IVA 81D Environmental Qualification Form
Page 92
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
4. Related Publications
Listed below are publications related to the CAS 67A TCAS II system and
test equipment supporting the system.
NOTE: See original manufacturer’s publications for non-Honeywell

units.
PUBLICATION HONEYWELL ATA

PART NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
Component Maintenance Manual 006-05404-( ) 34-40-14
Illustrated Parts Catalog 006-05405-( ) 34-40-15
CAS 67A TCAS II Pilot’s Guide 006-08499-0000
(Rev 2 or later)
For a CD ROM version order: 690-00001-( )
CAS 67A ACAS II Pilot’s Guide 006-18201-0000
CAS-81 TCAS System Maintenance Manual I.B. 1181 34-45-00
Including ANT-81A, TPU-81A, IVA-81A,
IVA-81B, and ITA-81A.
IVA-81A Traffic Advisory/Resolution I.B. 1181D 34-45-20
Advisory Vertical Speed Indicator
(TA/RA/VSI) Component Maintenance Manual
IVA-81B Resolution Advisory/ I.B. 1181E 34-45-25
Vertical Speed Indicator (RA/VSI)
Component Maintenance Manual
IVA-81C Traffic Advisory/Resolution 80-5123 33-45-40
Advisory Vertical Speed Indicator call 800.788.5118
(TA/RA/VSI) Component Maintenance Manual to order
IVA-81D Traffic Advisory/Resolution 80-5181 33-45-41
Advisory Vertical Speed Indicator call 800.788.5118
(TA/RA/VSI) Component Maintenance Manual to order
MST 67A Mode S ATC Transponder 006-00681-( ) 34-54-01
System Installation Manual
MST 67A Mode S ATC Transponder 006-05377-( ) 34-54-02
KFS 578A Mode S Control Unit Component 006-05378-( ) 34-54-03
Maintenance Manual
CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit 006-05375-( ) 34-54-05
Table 49 Related Publications

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 93
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
PUBLICATION HONEYWELL ATA

PART NUMBER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor 006-05320-( )
RDS 81 Color Weather Radar System
Installation Manual 006-00954-( )
Maintenance Manual 006-05997-( )
RDR-1E/RDR-1ED Radar System I.B. 1101-1 34-23-00
Maintenance Manual
RDR-1F Radar System I.B. 1102 34-42-00
Maintenance Manual
RDR-4A Weather Radar System I.B. 1104 34-41-00
Maintenance Manual
SG 464/SG 465 EFIS Symbol Generator 006-05232-( )
Maintenance Manual
KMD 550/850 Installation Manual 006-10608-() N.A.
KMD 550/850 Component Maintenance Manual 006-15608-() 31-60-01
RMS 555 Radio Management System
RMU 556 Maintenance Manual 006-05308-( ) 45-00-01
KDA 557 Maintenance Manual 006-05373-( ) 45-00-02
KAD 480 Air Data System 006-00662-( )
RDR 2000 Color Weather Radar System 006-00643-( )
Installation Manual
Collins TDR-94/94D Mode S Transponder 523-0775652
Installation Manual -00211A
Gables PS-578 ATC/TCAS Installation Manual IST.G7534-( ) N.A.
Contact Gables, CAGEC 99837
Gables PS-550 ATC/TCAS Installation Manual IST.G7514-( ) N.A.
Contact Gables, CAGEC 99837
Table 49 Related Publications
(Sheet 2)
Page 94
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
5. CAS 67A TCAS II Installation Kits
Listed below are installation kits required to install CAS 67A TCAS II
system components.
A. TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG Config. Module/Diagnostic Software Kits
Kits provide software for configuration and diagnosis of the TCAS

II system.
NOTE: The diagnostic program should be used with procedures in

the DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES.
KIT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 222-00358-00() TPUDIAG 5.25" diskette for TPU 67A SW version EA 1
01/09 and below.
2 222-00359-00() TPUDIAG 3.5" diskette for TPU 67A SW version EA 1
01/09 and below.
3 222-00386-00() TCASDIAG 3.5" diskette for TPU 67A SW version EA 1
01/10 and above.
4 222-30003-00() TCASDIAG for Windows CD-ROM for TPU 67A SW EA 1
version 01/10 and above.
Table 50 TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG Config. Module/Diagnostic Software Kits
B. TPU 67A Installation Kit (New Installation)
Kit provides hardware for mounting one TPU 67A TCAS II processor in
a new installation.
NOTE: Only a Honeywell approved mounting rack may be used for

the TPU 67A installation. The kit p/n 050-03078-0010 in-
cludes the approved mounting rack p/n 047-09855-0004,
item (13) below. Other approved racks include:
ECS p/n 6073-101 insertion/extractor w/ self limiting
hold down, ECS p/n 6073-102 insertion no self limiting
hold down, phone 1-800-327-9473; Hollingshead Interna-
tional Inc. p/n 10904-101/-102, phone 213-921-3438; PIC
p/n 180001 insertion/extractor w/self limiting hold down,
PIC p/n 180002 insertion no self limiting hold down, phone
1-800-742-3191.
NOTE: Keying of the signal connector shell must reflect Figure

2025 TPU 67A Pinout Drawing.
Page 95
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
NOTE: Only Honeywell approved signal connector shell with

floating hardware and connector shim must be used for TPU
67A installation.
ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-01094-0002 Ground connector housing, 12/24 pin EA 1
2 030-01157-0011 Crimp connector, 20 ga. EA 22
3 030-01171-0000 9 pin D-Sub mating connector EA 2
4 030-01173-0000 25 pin D-Sub mating connector EA 1
5 030-01311-0000 Signal connector pin, ITT Cannon type 030-2259- EA 212
000
6 030-01432-0000 Ground connector pin EA 24
7 030-02351-0000 9 Pin submin. connector hood for RS-232 EA 1
8 030-02351-0002 25 Pin submin. mating connector hood EA 1
9 030-02707-0002 ARINC 404A signal connector shell, type DPX2 W/ EA 1
H
10 030-03157-0000 ARINC 404A RF connector shell, type ITT Cannon EA 1
DPX4W8-33S-0001 or Radiall 616799008.
11 047-09592-0001 Connector shim EA 1
12 047-09831-0002 Ground tab EA 1
13 047-09855-0004 Mounting rack EA 1
14 071-00097-0100 CM 2000 Configuration Module EA 1
or 071-00097-1000 or CM 67A Configuration Module
15 075-05108-0001 Rack spacer EA 2
16 089-05878-0010 PHP 4-40 X 5/8 ground connector screw EA 2
17 089-06008-0004 FHP 4-40 X 1/4 ground tab screw EA 2
18 089-06008-0007 FHP 4-40 X 7/16 screw EA 14
19 089-06012-0005 FHP 6-32 X 5/16 screw EA 4
20 089-06014-0020 FHP 8-32 X 1.25 screw EA 4
21 092-05792-0002 Extractor type hold down EA 2
Table 51 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Installation Kit

(P/N 050-03078-0010)
Page 96
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
C. TPU 67A Installation Kit (TCAS I to TCAS II Upgrade)
Kit provides hardware for mounting one TPU 67A TCAS II processor as
an upgrade replacement for a TCAS I processor.

1 030-01157-0011 Crimp connector, 20 ga. EA 10
2 030-01171-0000 9 Pin D-Sub mating connector EA 1
3 030-02351-0000 9 Pin D-Sub connector for RS-232 EA 1
4 071-00097-0100 CM 2000 Configuration Module EA 1
or 071-00097-1000 or CM 67A Configuration Module
Table 52 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Upgrade Installation Kit
(P/N 050-03078-0001)
Kit provides hardware for mounting one TPU 67A TCAS II processor as
an upgrade replacement for a TCAS I processor (Gulfstream).

1 050-03078-0001 TPU 67A Upgrade Kit EA 1
2 047-09592-0001 Shim EA 1
3 047-09855-0004 Mounting rack EA 1
4 089-06012-0005 Screw FHP 6-32X5/16 EA 4
5 092-05792-0002 Extractor type T Hinge EA 2
Table 53 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Upgrade Installation Kit

(P/N 050-03078-0020) (Gulfstream)
Page 97
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
D. ANT 67A Antenna Adapter Kits
Kits provide adapter plates for mounting antenna base on a curved

surface.
NOTE: An antenna mounting adapter p/n 047-50357-000() must be

used on curved mounting surfaces to minimize side-element
distortion and insure optimum bearing accuracy.
NOTE: It is recommended that prefabricated cables be used in

the CAS 67A TCAS system. Those cables provide the highest
level of confidence. There are several sources for ca-
bles. Please contact one of the following companies: Ad-
ams-Russell, phone 508-338-5210; ECS, phone 1- 800-327-
9473; Hollingshead, phone 213-921-3438; PIC W & C, phone
1-800-742-3191.
KIT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 047-50357-0001 Adapter plate, 29" - 35" radius, 4 hole EA 1
Table 54 ANT 67A Antenna Adapter Kits
E. Omnidirectional Antenna Installation Kit
Customer must obtain kit from the omnidirectional antenna manufac-

turer. Refer to Table 11 Omnidirectional Antenna Versions for om-
nidirectional antenna manufacturer and part number.
NOTE: When an omnidirectional antenna is used as the bottom an-

tenna, the three unused bottom antenna coaxes connected
to the TPU 67A processor must be connected to 50 Ω ter-
minations. Please contact one of the following companies
for 50 Ω terminations: M/A Comm p/n 3002-6113-0000, Phone
1-800-998-4500; PIC Wire & Cable p/n K240001; Pasternack
p/n PE6032.
Page 98
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F. IVA-81A/IVA-81B/IVA-81C/IVA-81D Installation Kits
Kits provide parts for assembling a cable to connect the TA/RA/VSI

or RA/VSI to the TCAS processor and other external equipment.
NOTE: IVA-81A/IVA-81C/IVA-81D units require a mounting clamp (3

ATI format), which is not supplied in the installation
kit.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THE SELECTED MOUNTING CLAMP DOES NOT COVER THE
VENTILATION HOLES ON THE UNIT.

1 03024473-0001 Connector M83723-75R2041N EA 1
2 03024473-0002 Connector strain relief M85049-52-1-20N EA 1
Table 55 IVA-81A/IVA-81B/IVA-81C/IVA-81D Installation Kit

(P/N 05050001-0501) 115 Vac Unit/5 V Dim Source

1 03024473-0003 Connector M83723-75R20416 EA 1

(P/N 05050001-0502) 28 Vdc Unit/28 Vdc Dim Source

1 03024473-0004 Connector M83723-75R20417 EA 1

(P/N 05050001-0503) 28 Vdc Unit/5 V Dim Source
Page 99
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
G. GC 362A Installation Kit
Kit provides the following:

1 071-04022-0001 Rack assembly EA 1
2 030-01157-0011 Crimp connector, 20 G EA 49
3 030-01176-0000 Hood and lever assembly EA 1
4 030-01188-0000 Female polarizing pin EA 1
Table 58 GC 362A Installation Kit

(P/N 050-02978-0001)
H. MST 67A Installation Kit

1 030-00413-0000 Coax plug RG 214, No. 1 (P671B1/P671B2) EA 2
ITT Cannon 249-5123-000 or Radiall 610-108-
0001.
2 030-03106-0000 Connector hood ARINC 404A, type DPX2MA (P671A), EA 1
Radiall DSX2H24X35X0001.
Mounting hardware:
Four (4) screws p/n 089-06008-0007
3 030-01311-0000 Connector pin (use with connector hood p/n 030- EA 106
03106-0000). ITT Cannon 030-2259-000.
4 047-09406-0014 Mounting rack EA 1
5 075-05090-0001 Spacer EA 2
Mounting hardware:
Two (2) screws p/n 089-06014-0020,front
Two (2) screws p/n 089-05909-0020,rear
6 090-00953-0000 Rear hold down EA 1
7 092-05792-0002 Hold down assembly mounting hardware: EA 1
Two (2) screws p/n 089-06012-0004
Table 59 MST 67A Installation Kit

(P/N 050-02979-0000)
Page 100
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
I. KFS 578A / PS-578A Installation Kit

1 030-01222-0000 29 Pin connector hood and lever EA 1
2 030-01174-0000 29 Pin connector (P5781) EA 1
3 030-02351-0000 9 Pin hood and lever assembly EA 1
4 092-00052-0002 Nut anchor EA 2
5 030-01171-0000 9 Pin connector (P5782) EA 1
Table 60 KFS 578A / PS-578A Installation Kit
(P/N 050-02934-0001)
J. PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness
ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QTY

1 030-01174-0000 Sub-D 29 pin female connector EA 1
Positronic p/n RD29F00000-782.0
2 030-01157-0011 Crimp connector pins (female) 20G EA 3
Positronic p/n FC6020D-14
Ted Mfg Corp p/n 104202
4 030-01161-0000 Sub-D 29 pin male connector EA 1
Positronic p/n RD29M00000-782.0
5 030-01184-0011 Crimp connector pins (male) 20G EA 2
Positronic p/n MC6020D-14
6 030-01222-0000 Sub-D 29 pin connector hood and lever assy. EA 2
(Optional) Positronic p/n D29000JVL0
Page 101
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 19 PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness
K. PS-550 Connector Assembly
ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QTY

1 MS27484T20F2SA 65 pin connector EA 1
L. CD 671C Installation Kit

2 030-01188-0000 Female polarizing pins EA 2
4 030-01173-0000 25 Pin D-Sub connector (P6711) EA 1
5 030-01173-0000 25 Pin D-Sub connector (P6712) EA 1
Table 61 CD 671C Installation Kit
(050-03206-0000)
Page 102
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
M. CTA-81A/CTA-81D Installation Kit

1 030-03051-0000 24 Pin connector (LP) EA 1
2 030-03051-0001 24 Pin connector (RP) EA 1
Table 62 CTA-81A/CTA-81D Installation Kit
(P/N 050-02818-0000)
6. System Description
A. General
Components of the Honeywell CAS 67A TCAS II System are listed in

Table 1 CAS 67A TCAS II System Components and shown in Figure 1 CAS
67A TCAS II System Components.
B. TCAS II Functional Overview
The basic TCAS II system performs traffic alert and collision avoid-
ance functions to provide safe separation between own aircraft and
other aircraft equipped with Mode S, ATCRBS Mode C, or ATCRBS Mode
A/C transponders.
NOTE: Mode A/C transponders are Mode A transponders that re-

spond to Mode C interrogations.
TCAS II operation can be separated into the following functions:
(1) Surveillance Function
Detects the presence of Mode S or ATCRBS Mode A/C transponder

equipped aircraft that are within TCAS surveillance limits.
Compares raw replies with existing track files in order to

update current track information or to create new track files.
Page 103
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(2) Tracking Function
Maintains tracking information files on Mode S, ATCRBS Mode

C, and ATCRBS Mode A/C transponder equipped intruder aircraft.
Tracking information includes range, relative bearing (if
valid information is received from a directional antenna) and
relative altitude (if target aircraft is reporting altitude).
When that information is available, TCAS II computes relative
position, closing range, and altitude change rate.
NOTE: Surveillance and tracking functions are performed

by listening for Mode S squitters, Mode S and Mode
C interrogation transmissions, and Mode S and Mode
C reply receptions on both the top and bottom TCAS
antennas.
(3) Collision Avoidance Computation and Resolution Advisory Dis-

play Function
If an RA threat aircraft is present, TCAS determines the ap-

propriate vertical maneuvering for own aircraft that will at-
tain or maintain safe miss distance between own aircraft and
intruder aircraft while creating the least deviation from own
aircraft’s vertical rate. Communicates advised maneuver to
the pilot by means of a resolution advisory display on the TA/
RA/VSI or RA/VSI units.
(4) Threat Potential Evaluation Function
Determines threat potential of intruder aircraft based on com-

putations using tracking data.
Categorizes intruders as resolution advisories (RAs), traffic

advisories (TAs), proximity advisories (PAs), or non-threats
(other traffic).
(5) Traffic Advisory Display Function
Provides a display of TA, proximity, or non-threat category

traffic that are present in the surrounding airspace. The
traffic display depicts the position and threat potential of
intruder aircraft, which alerts the flight crew to potential-
ly dangerous situations. Depending on the aircraft equipment,
the traffic display may appear on a TA/RA/VSI unit, or an op-
tional radar indicator, or dedicated TCAS display unit, or
EFIS MFD display.
Page 104
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(6) Aural Alert Function
Provides voice message advisory alerts on the cockpit audio

system.
(7) Air-to-Air Coordination Function
If intruder aircraft is TCAS II equipped and becomes a threat,

a maneuvering coordination data link is established with the
intruder. This data link ensures that the resolution adviso-
ries in both TCAS II equipped aircraft are coordinated and
compatible. The coordination links are established between
the two TCAS II systems via the Mode S transponders.
C. System Integration
BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
1 XT Mode S Transponder ARINC 718/735 (429) Data TCAS Processor
Coordination Transponder/TCAS Coordination
XPONDER RCV 1A
(P67A1 B80) NOTE: Mode S transponder #2
XPONDER RCV 1B inputs are the same as
(P67A1 B81) transponder #1.
XPONDER RCV 2A
(P67A1 B82)
XPONDER RCV 2B
(P67A1 B83)
2 Control Data Mode S/TCAS ARINC 718/735 (429) Data Mode S
Control Unit Transponder
Control Data Input

Port 1A (P671A 15)
Control Data Input
Port 1B (P671A 16)
Control Data Input

Port 2A (P671A 27)
Control Data Input
Port 2B (P671A 28)
Control Data Port

Select #1/#2
(P671A 42)
(Gnd = Port #1)
Table 63 TCAS II System Integration Matrix

(Sheet 1 of 16)
Page 105
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

3 Altitude Data Air Data System ARINC 706 (429) Data Mode S
Baro Altitude #1/#2 ARINC 575 (419) Data Transponder
Baro Alt Port 1A

(P671A 3)
Baro Alt Port 1B
(P671A 4)
Baro Alt Port 2A
(P671A 13)
Baro Alt Port 2B
(P671A 14)
4 Altitude Data Encoding Altimeter #1 Gillham (11 wire) Interface Mode S
(#1-A1, P671A 44) Transponder
(#1-A2, P671A 45) • Gillham Common = Aircraft
(#1-A4, P671A 46) Ground.
(#1-B1, P671A 47)
(#1-B2, P671A 48) • Low = 3 V or 1.5 kΩ
(#1-B4, P671A 49) • High = greater than 18 V or
(#1-C1, P671A 58) 1.5 kΩ to 100 kΩ.
(#1-C2, P671A 59)
(#1-C4, P671A 60)
(#1-D2, P671A 61)
(#1-D4, P671A 62)
Encoding Altimeter #2
(#2-A1, P671A 63)

(#2-A2, P671A 64)
(#2-A4, P671A 65)
(#2-B1, P671A 71)
(#2-B2, P671A 72)
(#2-B4, P671A 73)
(#2-C1, P671A 74)
(#2-C2, P671A 75)
(#2-C4, P671A 76)
(#2-D2, P671A 77)
(#2-D4, P671A 78)

(Sheet 2)
Page 106
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

7 Altitude Data Synchro Altitude ARINC 565 (XYZ/Synchro) Data Mode S
Source #1/#2 Transponder
NOTE: For use with ARINC 718 Mode
ARINC 718 Xpndr Pins: S Transponders.
Coarse X (TP 4A) • Synchro ALT #1

Coarse Y (TP 4B) • Synchro ALT #1
Coarse Z (TP 4C) • Synchro ALT #1
H (TP 4D) • Synchro reference volts ALT #1

• Synchro common ALT #1
C (TP 4E)
• Synchro ALT #1
Fine X (TP 4F) • Synchro ALT #1
Fine Y (TP 4G) • Synchro ALT #1
Fine Z (TP 4H)
• Synchro altitude system
Altitude Flag (TP 4J) failure status (Altitude Flag)
• Synchro ALT #2
Coarse X (MP 7A) • Synchro ALT #2
Coarse Y (MP 7B) • Synchro ALT #2
Coarse Z (MP 7C)
• Synchro reference volts ALT #2
H (MP 7D) • Synchro common ALT #2
C (MP 7E) • Synchro ALT #2

• Synchro ALT #2
Fine X (MP 7F) • Synchro ALT #2
Fine Y (MP 7G)
Fine Z (MP 7H) • Synchro altitude system
failure status (Altitude
Synchro Flag (MP 7J) Flag)

(Sheet 3)
Page 107
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

9 Altitude Data Baro Altitude Type Per Definition Matrix below Mode S
Type A (P671A 85) Transponder
Type B (P671A 86)
NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground,

O = Open.
BARO ALTITUDE DEFINITION

TYPE
A B (G= Aircraft Ground, O= Open)
G G Gillham Data
G O Not Assigned. NOTE: Synchro Data ARINC 718 Transponder.
O G ARINC 575 (ARINC 419)
O O ARINC 706 (ARINC 429)

8 Altitude Data Baro Altitude Source • Open = Baro Alt Port #1 Active Mode S
Select • Gnd = Baro Alt Port #2 Active Transponder
MST 67A (P671A 87)
ARINC 718 Transponder

(MP - 6E)

(Sheet 4)
Page 108
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

5 Discrete Aircraft Address Code 24 Bit Address Code - Assigned Mode S
(Input) Discretes: by FAA for N registered air Transponder
0 = Open craft, Phone (405) 954-3116.
1 = Ground
Add 01, (P671 5)

Add 02, (P671 6)
Add 03, (P671 7)
Add 04, (P671 8)
Add 05, (P671 9)
Add 06, (P671 10)
Add 07, (P671 11)
Add 08, (P671 17)
Add 09, (P671 18)
Add 10, (P671 19)
Add 11, (P671 20)
Add 12, (P671 21)
Add 13, (P671 22)
Add 14, (P671 23)
Add 15, (P671 24)
Add 16, (P671 25)
Add 17, (P671 31)
Add 18, (P671 32)
Add 19, (P671 33)
Add 20, (P671 34)
Add 21, (P671 35)
Add 22, (P671 36)
Add 23, (P671 37)
Add 24, (P671 38)

(Sheet 5)
Page 109
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

6 Discrete Maximum Airspeed Per Definition Matrix below Mode S
(Input) Limits Transponder
A = (P671A 50)
B = (P671A 51)
C = (P671A 52)
NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground / O = Open.
MAX AIRSPEED DEFINITION

(A) (B) (C)
RI15 RI16 RI17 (G= Aircraft Ground, O= Open)
O O O No Maximum Airspeed Available
O O G 75 kts. < Airspeed
O G O 75 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 150 kts
O G G 150 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 300 kts
G O O 300 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 600 kts
G O G 600 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 1200 kts
G G O 1200 kts. ≤ Airspeed
G G G Not Assigned

10 Discrete Climb Inhibits 1500 fpm climb limit. TCAS Processor
(Input)
Climb INH 1 • Gnd on either Input #1 or
(P67A1 B87) #2 inhibits climb.
Climb INH 2
(P67A1 B88)

(Sheet 6)
Page 110
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

11 Discrete Increase Climb 2500 fpm climb limit. TCAS Processor
(Input) Inhibits
• Gnd on both Input #1 and
INC Climb INH 1 #2 inhibits climb.
(P67A1 A98)
INC Climb INH 2
(P67A1 A99)
21 Discrete Landing Gear • Ground = Landing Gear TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 A21) Extended
• Open = Landing Gear
Retracted
22 Discrete Air/Ground Switch • Ground = Aircraft on TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 A22) ground
• Open = Aircraft airborne
12 Discrete Advisory Inhibits • Ground on Advisory TCAS Processor
(Input) Inhibit Discrete:
#1 (P67A1 A17) #1 = STANDBY mode
#2 (P67A1 A18) #2 = Aural Inhibit mode
13 Discrete Advisory/Annunciator • Ground = Advisory Annun. TCAS Processor
(Input) Cancel Cancellation
(P67A1 A72) • Open = No Cancellation
15 Discrete RA Valid #1/#2 • Ground = Display Valid TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 B85) • Open = Display Failure
(P67A1 B86) • Unused = Open
14 Discrete TA Valid #1/#2 • Ground = Display Valid TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 A34) • Open = Display Failure
(P67A1 A35) • Unused = Open
17 Discrete Test Mode (ATE) ATE Factory Test Mode TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 A12)
• Gnd = Factory Test Mode
Enabled
• Open = Normal operation
NOTE: For aircraft installations

pin A12 MUST be open.

(Sheet 7)
Page 111
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

16 Discrete Calibration Enable CALENB ATE Test Function TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 B59)
• Gnd = Calibration Enabled

pin B59 MUST be open.
18 Discrete ATE Enable ATE Test Function Enable TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 B89)
• Gnd = ATE Enabled
(parallel lines)
• Open = Normal Operation
(only configuration
module lines enabled)

pin B89 MUST be open.
19 Discrete On/Off • Ground = Power ON TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 A11) • Open = Power OFF
20 Discrete Functional Test Initiates functional self-test TCAS Processor
(Input) (P67A1 A20) • Ground = Functional Test
30 Power Input Aircraft Power +28 Vdc Power Input (4 lines) TCAS Processor
+28 Vdc A/C Power

(P67A1 A5)
(P67A1 A6)
(P67A1 A7)
(P67A1 A8)

(Sheet 8)
Page 112
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

31 Power Input Aircraft Ground Aircraft Ground Plane TCAS Processor
(9 lines)
GND (P67A1 A1)
GND (P67A1 A2)
GND (P67A1 A3)
GND (P67A1 A4)
GND (P67A1 A9)
GND (P67A1 A10)
GND (P67A1 B32)
GND (P67A1 B57)
GND (P67A1 B98)
24 Radio Radio Altimeter ARINC 552A Data from analog radio TCAS Processor
Altimeter /Analog altimeter. Input impedance 55
kΩ.
Rad Alt #1 + (Hi) • AGL altitude from analog
(P67A1 A36) radio altimeter #1
Rad Alt #1 - (Low)
(P67A1 A38)
Rad Alt Valid #1 • Radio altimeter #1 valid.
(P67A1 A37) VALID = 20-30 Vdc
Rad Alt #2 + (Hi) • AGL altitude from analog
(P67A1 A65) radio altimeter #2
Rad Alt #2 - (Low)
(P67A1 B19)
Rad Alt Valid #2 • Radio altimeter #2 valid.
(P67A1 A39) VALID = 20-30 Vdc

(Sheet 9)
Page 113
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

25 Radio Radio Altimeter ARINC 707 (429) data from digital TCAS Processor
Altimeter /Digital radio altimeter
Rad Altim 1A • ARINC 429 data from

(P67A1 B40) digital radio altimeter
#1
Rad Altim 1B • ARINC 429 data from

#1
Rad Altim 2A • ARINC 429 data from

#2
Rad Altim 2B • ARINC 429 data from

#2
23 Radio Radio Altimeter • Open = Input Port #1 TCAS Processor
Altimeter Source Select #1/#2 Active
(P67A1 A66) • Ground = Input Port #2
Active
26 Heading Aircraft Heading Synchro Data, Valid, 26 Vac TCAS Processor
(Magnetic) System (D/G) ARINC 407 3-wire synchro
Hdg Y (P67A1 B103) • Synchro heading
Hdg X (P67A1 B104) • Synchro heading
Hdg Z (P67A1 B105) • Synchro heading
Hdg H (P67A1 B102) • Synchro reference voltage
Hdg C (P67A1 B20) • Synchro common
Heading Valid • Synchro heading system
(P67A1 A86) failure status.
VALID = 20-30 Vdc

(Sheet 10)
Page 114
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

27 Attitude Aircraft Attitude Synchro Data, Valid, 26 Vac TCAS Processor
(Roll and System (V/G) ARINC 407 3-wire synchro
Pitch)
Pitch X (P67A1 A91) • Synchro attitude
Pitch Y (P67A1 A92)
Pitch Z (P67A1 A93) • Synchro attitude
• Synchro attitude
Roll X (P67A1 A94) • Synchro attitude
Roll Y (P67A1 A95) • Synchro attitude
Roll Z (P67A1 A96) • Synchro attitude
H (P67A1 A97) • Synchro reference voltage
C (P67A1 B101) • Synchro common
Valid (P67A1 A85) • Synchro attitude system
failure status.
VALID = 20-30 Vdc
28 Attitude/ Inertial Navigation ARINC 704/705 (High Speed 429) TCAS Processor
Heading System /AHRS magnetic heading from AHRS.
Hdg/Att 1A
(P67A1 B97)
Hdg/Att 1B
(P67A1 B93)
Hdg/Att 2A • HDG/ATT 2A/2B available
(P67A1 B69) only
Hdg/Att 2B w/ TPU 67A versions
(P67A1 B70) 066-01146-0201,-1211.
29 Performance Flight Management ARINC 702 (429) (Reserved) TCAS Processor
Data System
FMS 1A (P67A1 B55)

FMS 1B (P67A1 B7)

(Sheet 11)
Page 115
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

32 TX TCAS Processor ARINC 718/735 (429) Data Mode S
Coordination Transponder/TCAS Coordination Transponder
XPDR TX 1A
(P67A1 B67)
XPDR TX 1B
(P67A1 B68)
XPDR TX 2A
(P67A1 B54)
XPDR TX 2B
(P67A1 B56)
33 Antenna/ Mode S Transponder Omnidirectional Bi-directional
Mode S
(Two Top Antenna
Required) (P671B 2)
Bottom Antenna
(P671B 1)
34 Discrete TCAS Processor FAN ON (Reserved) Fan
(Output) (P67A1 B37)
Output for cooling fan where
forced air cooling is not
available.
35 Discrete TCAS Processor TA AURAL TRAFFIC Audio Tone
(Output) (P67A1 A90) Generator/
• Ground = Active Audio
• Open = Not active Distribution
Center
Active for TA advisory.

(Sheet 12)
Page 116
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

36 Discrete TCAS Processor VISUAL ANNUNCIATION TRAFFIC Visual
(Output) Active for Traffic Advisory. Annunciator
(P67A1 A87)
(P67A1 B58) VISUAL ANNUNCIATION PREVENTIVE
(P67A1 B106) Active for Preventive Resolution
Advisory.
VISUAL ANNUNCIATION CORRECTIVE

Active for Corrective Resolution
Advisory.
• Ground = Active
• Open = Not active
• Self Test = Not Active
37 Discrete TCAS Processor TA DISPLAY ENABLE TA Display
(Output) (P67A1 B6)
• Ground = Active
• Open = Not active
Signals some multifunctional

traffic displays to display TCAS
traffic.
38 Discrete TCAS Processor TCAS VALID Fault
(Output) (P67A1 A89) Annunciator
• Ground = TCAS System Valid
• Open = TCAS System Fault
Monitors TCAS system status.

(Sheet 13)
Page 117
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

39 ATE Interface TCAS Processor ATE Interface Automatic Test
Equipment
ATE A0 (P67A1 B10) ATE pins out 3 address lines (A0-
ATE A1 (P67A1 B9) A2), and eight data lines (D0-D7)
ATE A2 (P67A1 B8)
ATE D0 (P67A1 B18) • Test Mode - ATE factory
ATE D1 (P67A1 B17) test pins.
ATE D2 (P67A1 B31) • ATE Enable - activates
ATE D3 (P67A1 B25) ATE interface.
ATE D4 (P67A1 B12) • Cal Enable - enables
ATE D5 (P67A1 B24) processor to write to
ATE D6 (P67A1 B11) EEPROM.
ATE D7 (P67A1 B23)
ATE CLK (P67A1 B53) Reserved for factory and field
configuration.
40 Flight Data TCAS Processor RS 422 Interface Personal
Recorder Computer
RS 422 DAT +
(P67A1 B2)
RS 422 DAT -
(P67A1 B3)
RS 422 CLK +
(P67A1 B4)
RS 422 CLK -
(P67A1 B13)
41 Diagnostic Diagnostic Computer RS 232 Interface, fault data Bi-directional
Interface
TCAS 232 TX
(P67A1 B1)
TCAS 232 RX
(P67A1 B66)
TERM RDY
(P67A1 B99)
TCAS 232 RDY
(P67A1 B100)

(Sheet 14)
Page 118
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

42 Configuration Configuration Module ATE Data Lines A0/A2, D0, D7 Bi-directional
Module serial interface.
Config Mod CS1
(P67A1 B9) Hardware strapping information
from configuration module:
TA/RA Block Transfer Program
Display Intruder Limit
Config Mod CS2 Performance Limit Program
(P67A1 B10) Altitude Limit
Audio Levels
Config Mod +5 Vdc Heading Type
(P67A1 B8) Attitude Type
Radio Altitude Type
Config Mod Data In Left/Right Display (SKID) Enable
(P67A1 B90) Transponder (Mode S Diversity)
Aircraft Antenna Configuration
Inhibit Functional Test
Display All Traffic
Config Mod Data Out Ground Display Mode
(P67A1 B18) Audio Program
Display Intruders On-Ground
Radio Altimeter Installation
Config Mod CLK Gillham Altitude Compare
(P67A1 B23) Enhanced Extended Test
Pass Intruder Files
Second A429 AHRS/IRU
43 Suppression Suppression System TCAS Processor will accept and Bi-directional
(P67A1 A13) respond to suppression pulses
from other avionics equipment.
44 Displays TCAS Processor ARINC 735 (429) Hi Speed Data TA/RA Display
TA/RA Display TX 1A NOTE: If a combined RA/TA display

(P67A1 B30) is used, both TA valid and RA
TA/RA Display TX 1B valid must be tied to Display
(P67A1 B16) Valid discrete IVA-81A/B/C/D pin
TA/RA Display TX 2A 29.
(P67A1 B28)
TA/RA Display TX 2B
(P67A1 B29)

(Sheet 15)
Page 119
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

45 Displays TCAS Processor ARINC 735 (429) Low Speed Data RA Display
RA Display TX 1A
(P67A1 B35)
RA Display TX 1B
(P67A1 B36)
RA Display TX 2A
(P67A1 B33)
RA Display TX 2B
(P67A1 B34)
46 Audio TCAS Processor Speaker (8 Ω) output Speaker
Interface
(Speaker) Spk Hi (P67A1 A67)
Spk Lo (P67A1 A68)
47 Audio TCAS Processor Headphone (600 Ω ) output. Headphone
Interface
(Headphone) PH Hi (P67A1 A69)
PH Lo (P67A1 A70)
48 Top Antenna TCAS Processor 4 Element Directional Bi-directional
(P67A2 A1 Top J1)

(P67A2 B1 Top J2)
(P67A2 C1 Top J3)
(P67A2 D1 Top J4)
49 Bottom TCAS Processor 4 Element Directional antenna Bi-directional
Antenna Or Omnidirectional (Optional)
(P67A2 A2 Bot J1) 50 Ω Load (dc short) antenna.
(P67A2 B2 Bot J2)
(P67A2 C2 Bot J3)
(P67A2 D2 Bot J4)

(Sheet 16)
Page 120
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 20 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor, Inputs/Outputs

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 121/122
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 20 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor, Inputs/Outputs

(Sheet 2)
Page 123/124
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
7. System Component Functions
A. TCAS Processor
(1) General
The microprocessor based TPU 67A TCAS processor is the master

control unit in the TCAS II system. It consists of a combined
computerized control system and L-band receiver/transmitter.
Operation of the TCAS system is controlled by TCAS software
resident in the computer control memory.
(2) TCAS Processor Inputs/Outputs
The TCAS processor routinely reads and stores the following

own aircraft information (refer to Figure 20 TPU 67A TCAS II
Processor, Inputs/Outputs):
(a) Own aircraft heading, pitch, roll, and radio altimeter

inputs.
This information in conjunction with own pressure alti-

tude data allows TCAS to determine own aircraft position
and flight path which is needed for tracking, RA and TA
advisory, and traffic display computations.
(b) Own aircraft pressure altitude data received on the

ARINC 429 data bus from Mode S transponder.
Pressure altitude is input to the TCAS processor from

own aircraft’s pressure altitude source. Pressure al-
titude is used to determine own aircraft altitude rel-
ative to intruder’s reported altitude and own aircraft
flight level altitudes.
(c) Mode control requests and traffic display control in-

puts from the Mode S transponder via the ARINC 429 data
bus.
The Mode S transponder receives this data from the tran-

sponder control unit. This information is a factor in
TCAS sensitivity level determinations and traffic dis-
play format.
(d) Own aircraft identification (transponder I.D.) received

on the ARINC 429 data bus from own Mode S transponder.
Page 125
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Own aircraft identification is input to the transponder

via 24 discrete bit strapped inputs. Own aircraft I.D.
is used by the TCAS II processor during air-to-air co-
ordination routines.
(e) Own aircraft maximum airspeed data received on the ARINC

429 data bus from own Mode S transponder.
Own aircraft maximum airspeed is input to the transpon-

der via three discrete bit strapped inputs. This in-
formation is used in maximum closing rate projections.
(TPU 67A 066-01146-0101,-0201 only).
(f) Discrete input from weight-on-wheel (Air-Ground) strut

switch.
Notifies TCAS as to whether own aircraft is in-flight

or on-the-ground. Used in conjunction with the ground
display mode strap. (TPU 67A 066-01146-0101,-0201
only).
(g) Discrete input from landing gear.
Allows TCAS to determine when the landing gear is ex-

tended. Bottom directional antenna operates in omni
mode when landing gear is extended.
(h) Advisory Inhibit discrete inputs from ground proximity

and wind shear system (if applicable).
(i) Discrete input from optional Advisory Cancel switch.
(j) Continuity/resistance checks on top and bottom TCAS an-

tenna ports.
This information allows TCAS processor to determine if

an omni or directional antenna is used as the bottom
TCAS antenna and if the antenna cables are properly con-
nected to the top and bottom antennas. The four ports
for each directional antenna should reflect specific
and different resistance values due to port identifica-
tion resistors mounted inside the directional antenna.
(k) System validity inputs.
If a failure is detected on any of the following inputs,

TCAS generates failure annunciation data to the resolu-
tion advisory and traffic displays.
Page 126
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
1 Discrete failure status inputs from the TA units

or other optional display units.
NOTE: In the event of a display unit failure,

the display will set its "display val-
id" output discrete to invalid and at-
tempt to display status of the fault it
has detected, if it is not prevented
from doing so by the nature of the
fault (i.e., certain faults will result
in a blank display and not allow the
display of any data).
2 Loss of continuity through the TCAS antennas.
3 Failure status data or loss of data on the ARINC

429 data link from the Mode S transponder.
4 Internal TCAS processor failures including fail-

ure of internal power supplies.
5 Invalid data from the Radio Altimeter, ATT, HDG,

etc.
(l) TCAS System degradation.
If a particular failure degrades TCAS operation, the

TCAS processor stops all TCAS processing and displays
an appropriate annunciation on the display units. TCAS
processor self-tests and failure annunciations are de-
scribed in detail in the INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE,
and FAULT ISOLATION sections of this manual.
(3) Configuration Module
The configuration module interface has the following discrete

lines: DATA IN, DATA OUT, CHIP SELECT 1, CHIP SELECT 2, CLOCK,
VCC (+5 Vdc), and GROUND. Upon power up the TPU 67A will down-
load the configuration module data and compute a data check-
sum. This checksum will be stored in the configuration module
during the installation setup/configuration write; the CAS
67A system will fail if the checksum does not match.
A compatibility code within the module will be monitored to

assure its compatibility with the current TCAS II processor
software. A failure will be annunciated if there is a com-
patibility problem between the software and the module.
Page 127
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
In addition to the bearing calibration data (if required), the

following hardware strapping information will be acquired
from the configuration module:
(a) TA/RA Block Transfer Program: ARINC 735 protocol or Hon-

eywell BCAS (EFIS) protocol.
(b) Display Intruder Limit: Three (minimum)≤ Display In-

truder Limit ≤ 31 (no limit), incremented by one.
(c) Performance Limit Program: 1500 FPM cannot climb deter-

mined by FMS or Altitude Limit.
(d) Altitude Limit: 0 ≤ Altitude Limit ≤ 62000 feet, incre-

mented by 2000 feet. An even number between 0 and 62000
indicates the maximum altitude at which the aircraft is
capable of climbing at 1500 fpm. This limit is active
only when the Performance Limit Program input is active.
(e) Speaker Airborne Audio Level: 0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5,

1.0, 2.0, 4.0, or 6.5 watts.
(f) Speaker On-Ground Audio Level: 0.0625, 0.125, 0.25,

0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, or 6.5 watts.
(g) Headphone Airborne Audio Level: 1.25, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0,

20.0, 40.0, 80.0, or 100 mW.
(h) Headphone On-Ground Audio Level: 1.25, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0,

20.0, 40.0, 80.0, or 100 mW.
(i) Heading Type: Synchro Data or ARINC 429 Data.
(j) Attitude Type: Synchro Data or ARINC 429 Data.
(k) Radio Altitude Type: ARINC 429, Honeywell (KRA 405, -

10mV/ft), Honeywell (RT 220/300, -4 mV/ft), Collins
(ALT 50/55, dual slope), or ARINC 552A data.
(l) Left/Right Display (SDI) Enable: Enabled or Not en-

abled.
(m) Transponder (Mode S Diversity) Installation: Single or

Dual.
(n) Aircraft Antenna Configuration Program: Dual direction-

al antenna or Directional and monopole antenna/dc short
circuit.
Page 128
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(o) Inhibit Functional Test: Inhibit airborne test or Allow

airborne test.
(p) Display All Traffic: Display all traffic when TA or RA

is present ("POPUP" mode) or Display all traffic all of
the time.
(q) Ground Display Mode: TCAS in standby mode on-Ground or

TCAS in TA only mode on-Ground.
(r) Audio Program: No delay in voice, Audio tone output one

second prior to voice, or Voice muting.
(s) Display Intruders On-Ground Program: Inhibit on-ground

intruders or Allow on-ground intruders.
(t) Radio Altimeter Installation Source Select:
1 Single radio altimeter installed.
2 Dual radio altimeter/ Manual selection.
3 Dual radio altimeter/ Auto reversion.
(u) Gillham Altitude Compare Function: Enabled or Not en-

abled.
(v) Enhanced Extended Functional Test program: Enabled or

Not enabled.
(w) Intruder File Transmission Program: Allow file transfer

during “POPUP” mode or Not allow file transfer during
“POPUP” (i.e. normal).
(x) Attitude/Heading #2 AHRS/IRU Program Option (available

on TPU 67A p/n 066-01146-0201,-1211 only): Single AHRS
source (either ARINC 429 or synchro) or Dual AHRS/ auto
reversion (ARINC 429 only, secondary synchro ports not
available).
Page 129
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(4) TCAS Processor Functions
The TCAS processor controls the following real-time functions

of TCAS:
(a) The TPU 67A receives 1030 MHz TCAS broadcasts through
the transponder via ARINC 429 bus (TCAS receivers re-
ceive at 1090 MHz). The TPU 67A 1030 MHz receiver is
not used with TCAS II. The TCAS processor formats and
transmits broadcast messages. Broadcast messages are
transmitted at 1030 MHz by each TCAS system to notify
other TCAS equipped aircraft that own TCAS equipped air-
craft is present.
Broadcast messages are transmitted on the TCAS direc-

tional and omni antennas. Each TCAS, including own
TCAS, keeps track of the number of broadcast messages
being received. This provides each TCAS with the number
of TCAS equipped aircraft within broadcast range. This
number is used in TCAS interference limiting formulas,
the resultant of which is used to control the power out-
put levels and rates employed for TCAS Mode S interro-
gations.
TCAS reduces the number of TCAS Mode S interrogations

and also reduces the power output levels as the number
of TCAS equipped aircraft (number of broadcast recep-
tions) increases. This reduces the detectable interro-
gation load on Mode S transponders in situations where
numerous TCAS equipped aircraft are present in the same
airspace volume. The effect of reducing the number of
air-to-air interrogations and associated transmit power
levels is a reduction of unsolicited replies (fruit
overload) received by ground stations.
(b) The TCAS processor listens for Mode S transponder squit-

ter messages from other aircraft. Mode S transponders
indicate their presence by transmitting a 1090 MHz
squitter message once every second. The TCAS processor
listens for squitters on the TCAS directional and omni
antennas.
(c) If a valid Mode S squitter message is detected, the TCAS

processor commences to interrogate the intruder. If an
interrogated Mode S equipped aircraft is within TCAS
Mode S tracking range and altitude, the Mode S equipped
intruder is placed into track.
Page 130
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Mode S track updates are then executed which involve the

TCAS processor formatting and then transmitting 1030
MHz Mode S interrogation messages on the directional an-
tenna and/or the omni antenna, and receiving 1090 MHz
Mode S reply messages on the directional antenna and/or
the omni antenna. The TCAS processor selects one of
four directional antenna beams to be used for direction-
al message transmission and reception.
(d) The TCAS processor performs ATCRBS search, track ini-

tialization, and track updates. If an ATCRBS equipped
aircraft is within TCAS ATCRBS tracking range and alti-
tude, the ATCRBS equipped intruder is placed into track.
ATCRBS search, track initialization, and track update
operations involve the TCAS processor formatting and
then transmitting 1030 MHz ATCRBS interrogations, and
receiving 1090 MHz ATCRBS replies on the directional an-
tenna and/or the omni antenna. The TCAS processor se-
lects one of four directional antenna beams to be used
for ATCRBS directional message transmission and recep-
tion.
NOTE: Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C interrogation and

reply message formats are shown in Figure 21
Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C Interrogation For-
mats and Figure 22 Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C
Transponder Reply Message Formats.
Page 131
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 21 Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C Interrogation Formats
Page 132
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 22 Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C Transponder Reply Message Formats
Page 133
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(e) The TCAS processor performs functions that determine

range, bearing, and altitude of intruder aircraft based
on information computed from or contained in the reply
messages. Bearing can only be determined for intruder
replies received on the directional antenna. Altitude
can only be determined if the intruder is reporting al-
titude in its transponder’s reply message.
(f) Based on the information that can be extracted from or

computed from the reply, the TCAS processor evaluates
the threat potential of the intruder by calculating in-
truder closing rate and position relative to own air-
craft. Based on this evaluation, the TCAS processor
categorizes the intruder as a non-threat, proximity,
traffic advisory, or resolution advisory.
(g) For resolution advisory category aircraft, the TCAS II

processor computes the proper advisory to maintain or
establish safe separation between own aircraft and in-
truder aircraft. The TCAS II processor then outputs
resolution advisory data on the ARINC 429 data bus to
the TA/RA/VSI or RA/VSI units, outputs RA traffic symbol
position and alert data on the ARINC 429 data bus to the
TA/RA/VSI or dedicated display unit, and outputs reso-
lution advisory alert voice messages to the cockpit au-
dio system, and alert outputs for optional tone gener-
ators and/or lamps.
(h) For traffic advisory category aircraft, the TCAS pro-

cessor outputs TA traffic symbol position and alert data
on the ARINC 429 data bus to the TA display, outputs
traffic advisory alert voice messages to the cockpit au-
dio system, and alert outputs for optional tone gener-
ators and/or lamps.
(i) For proximity and non-threat category aircraft, the

TCAS processor outputs proximity or non-threat traffic
symbol position data on the ARINC 429 data bus to the
traffic advisory display. (Voice alerts are not gener-
ated for proximity or non-threat category aircraft).
(j) For resolution advisory category aircraft that are also

TCAS II equipped, the TCAS processor establishes a co-
ordination data link with threat aircraft. This coor-
dination link involves own TCAS processor transmitting
coordination messages to threat aircraft’s transponder
via own TCAS antennas and receiving coordination mes-
sage replies from threat aircraft’s transponder.
Page 134
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Once the TCAS II equipped threat aircraft has detected

own aircraft as a threat, the same process is initiated
from the threat aircraft via own Mode S transponder and
a full two-way coordination data link is established.
The coordination data assure non-conflicting maneuver-
ing between TCAS II equipped aircraft that are mutual
threats to one another.
(k) During each TCAS 1030 MHz transmission on the direction-

al or omni antenna, the TCAS processor generates a sup-
pression pulse to other L-band equipment on own air-
craft.
(l) The TCAS processor reduces fruit and synchronous garble

interference by the following interference limiting
methods:
1 An ATCRBS P2 sidelobe suppression pulse is trans-

mitted as an omnidirectional pattern on the di-
rectional antenna to control the effective beam
width. Refer to Figure 23 TCAS Directional An-
tenna Transmit/Receive Beam Patterns.
2 A sequence of ATCRBS interrogations are transmit-

ted at different power levels (whisper-shout lev-
els). These whisper-shout levels divide the sur-
rounding airspace into range segments.
Systems with the TPU 67A 066-01146-0101, -0201

use the maximum number of whisper-shout levels
(24) when interrogating in the forward direction
on the directional antenna.
Systems with the TPU 67A 066-01146-1111, -1211

use the maximum number of whisper-shout levels
(24) when interrogating in the forward direction
on the directional antenna only in high density
Mode C environments.
3 Interrogating more than once to check reply va-

lidity.
4 Transmitting a P2 ATCRBS suppression pulse in

Mode S interrogation transmissions.
5 Transmitting a P4 Mode S suppression pulse during

ATCRBS interrogation transmissions.
Page 135
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(m) The TCAS processor also provides communication inter-

faces with a TCAS data recorder
(n) The TCAS processor also controls:
1 Scheduling for interrogations performed on the

directional and omni antennas.
2 TCAS sensitivity level operating modes.
3 Generation of coasting data during periods when

tracking data is temporarily lost.
(4) Power Requirements
The TCAS processor receives 28 Vdc primary power and 26 Vac

synchro reference input power from aircraft power sources.
B. Directional Antenna
(1) General
The ANT 67A Directional Antenna allows bearing of intruder

aircraft to be determined by providing the means for the TCAS
processor to transmit interrogations and receive reply recep-
tions on one of four antenna beams.
By selecting the beam, the TCAS processor electronically

points the antenna in a surveillance direction during TCAS
transmit and receive operations.
(2) TCAS Directional Antenna Description
The directional antenna is an electronically steerable phased

array consisting of four top loaded monopole elements.
Unlike mechanically steered antennas, the antenna pattern can

be pointed in one of four directions without physically moving
the antenna. This is achieved by independently varying the
phase to each of the four antenna elements contained in the
directional antenna. The phasing of these signals directly
affect the beam, therefore, the phase match of the coax cables
is very important.
Page 136
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The four beam forming elements are located on the perimeter

of the antenna, and the whole assembly is contained in an
aerodynamic plastic enclosure just over one inch in height.
The top directional antenna is mounted at or near the longi-
tudinal centerline of the aircraft ± 5 degrees and as far for-
ward as is practical. The bottom directional antenna or omni
antenna (if used) is co-located as near as possible to the
vertical plane of the top directional antenna.
During TCAS receptions, each of the four directional antenna

elements receives any 1090 MHz signal that passes by the el-
ement. The phasing of these received signals is determined
by the direction from which the RF energy is received. These
signals are directed onto the same four cables that connect
transmit signals between the TCAS processor and directional
antenna.
Each of the four ports of the directional antenna contains a

resistor located across the antenna element to ground. Each
of the four resistors is a different value. The TCAS proces-
sor periodically performs a continuity check on the antenna
ports and should see the correct resistance value (via an A/
D converter) if the port is not shorted or not open. The di-
rectional antenna is a passive device and does not require
aircraft power.
C. TCAS Omnidirectional Antenna
TCAS may use one omni antenna mounted on the bottom of the aircraft
instead of a directional antenna.
The omni antenna is a L-band monopole and is identical to the omni

antennas presently used for DME and ATC transponders. The TCAS omni
antenna must be the dc short type, L-band.
The TCAS omni antenna connects to the TPU 67A TCAS processor (P67A2
A2 BOTJ1). This connection is made via a coaxial cable. The three
remaining unit bottom antenna coaxes must be connected to 50 Ω ter-
minations.
The TCAS processor routinely performs continuity checks on the om-

nidirectional antenna and associated cables.
Page 137
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 23 TCAS Directional Antenna Transmit/Receive Beam Patterns
Page 138
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
D. TA/RA/VSI Display
(1) General
The IVA-81A, IVA-81C, and IVA-81D Traffic Advisory/ Resolu-

tion Advisory/Vertical Speed Indicator displays use a high
resolution, sunlight readable, full color, liquid crystal
display (LCD) to display traffic information. The active ma-
trix LCD display gives a flicker free, parallax free display.
The center of the display is a horizontal situation presenta-

tion of the traffic around the aircraft including intruder al-
titude, and vertical direction. Traffic is divided into four
categories by threat risk and differentiated on the display
by symbol color and shape as shown in Figure 24 IVA-81A/IVA-
81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI.
Text messages are displayed for TCAS and display modes and
intruder information.
Display brightness level is controlled by a combination of be-

zel and remote light sensors and by the lighting bus input.
An optional bezel mounted brightness control is also avail-
able.
Traffic display range control can be provided remotely from

the control unit or locally via an optional bezel mounted
range control.
Traffic display data (TA data) is received via a high-speed

ARINC 429 data bus from the TCAS processor.
An optional traffic select (TA SEL) switch allows decluttering

the display of aircraft symbols.
The TA/RA/VSI accepts air data ARINC 565 or ARINC 575 analog
inputs, ARINC 575 digital or ARINC 429 high and low speed in-
puts, and pneumatic vertical speed input.
Vertical maneuvering resolution advisory data (RA data) and

traffic advisory data (TA data) are received via a high-speed
ARINC 429 data bus from the TCAS processor.
Built-in-test circuits continuously monitor for TA unit fail-

ures. Failure status is reported to the TCAS processor via
discrete DISPLAY VALID signal lines.
Page 139
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 24 IVA-81A/IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI
Page 140
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(2) Resolution Advisory Display
The resolution advisory commands displayed on the TA/RA/VSI

(or RA/VSI) are the primary indications used for vertical ma-
neuvering guidance. TCAS II resolution advisories on the two
TA/RA/VSI (or RA/VSI) units indicate vertical speeds to be
used or avoided in order to maintain or achieve safe vertical
separation.
A pointer and vertical speed scale, which are standard VSI

features, indicate the present vertical speed of own aircraft.
For TCAS guidance, the TA/RA/VSI displays red and green com-
mand arcs on a liquid crystal display along with the vertical
speed scale and pointer.
The red and green RA command indications provide corrective

or preventive resolution advisory maneuvering guidance to the
pilot.
(3) Traffic Display
The TA/RA/VSI traffic display provides a display of surround-

ing intruder aircraft that are equipped with Mode S or ATCRBS
Mode A/C transponders, are detected on a directional antenna,
and are within the display range and altitude window.
NOTE: The TCAS processor interface also supports traffic

displays on a dedicated TCAS traffic display or a
PPI radar display modified for TCAS. The unit se-
lected to display traffic depends on equipment cur-
rently present in the aircraft and other user re-
quirements. The TCAS processor supplies traffic
display and resolution advisory data outputs on two
separate high-speed ARINC 429 data bus outputs.
Graphics provided on the traffic display alert the pilot to

traffic advisory and resolution advisory conditions and an-
nunciate TCAS operational modes and failure conditions. The
selected traffic display functions as a self-sufficient pe-
ripheral device driven by the TCAS processor through a single
high-speed ARINC 429 data bus.
Traffic displays are considered secondary displays in the

overall TCAS II system. (Resolution advisories on the TA/RA/
VSI and RA/VSI are considered the primary TCAS II displays).
The traffic display aids the pilot in visually acquiring an
intruder aircraft prior to resolution advisory threat condi-
tions.
Page 141
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Traffic display data from the TCAS processor, via the high-
speed ARINC data link, includes the following:
(a) Intruder aircraft range.
NOTE: Up to 30 intruder data sets may be supplied

depending on traffic conditions.
(b) Intruder aircraft relative altitude (if available)
(c) Intruder aircraft bearing (if available)
(d) Intruder category (resolution advisory threat, traffic

advisory, proximity, or non-threat)
(e) Own aircraft altitude
(f) Own aircraft TCAS operating mode (sensitivity level)
(g) Own aircraft heading (EFIS display only)
(h) Advisory alert information
(i) TCAS failure status information
(j) Display range limit control, ABOVE/NORM/BELOW non-

threat altitude display limit control, and relative/
flight level altitude display control data originating
from the TCAS/transponder control unit and received by
the traffic display via the Mode S transponder and TCAS
processor.
(k) Other strapped control data such as maximum number of

intruders to be displayed, etc.
Refer to paragraph 8. System Control and Indicator Func-

tions for traffic display indications and annuncia-
tions.
E. RA/VSI Display
The IVA-81B Resolution Advisory/Vertical Speed Indicator (RA/VSI)

display is shown in Figure 25 IVA-81B RA/VSI. It consists of:
• An electromechanically driven pointer to display vertical speed.
• A resolution advisory arc of red and green high brightness LEDs.
Page 142
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
• An electromechanical TCAS flag, for indicating normal, fail con-

ditions, and RA mode OFF conditions.
• Vertical speed failure flag.
The IVA-81B replaces an existing size 3 Air Transport Indicator

(3ATI) vertical speed indicator.
Figure 25 IVA-81B RA/VSI
Page 143
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The resolution advisory LEDs are mounted under a coated surface

which makes them invisible when unlighted. The VSI face is matte
black with a matte white vertical speed scale. The vertical speed
pointer is driven by a two-phase motor. The position is controlled
by the processed data supplied by the display computer.
The RA/VSI accepts air data ARINC 565 or ARINC 575 analog inputs,
ARINC 575 digital, ARINC 429 high and low speed data, or a pneumatic
vertical speed input.
Vertical speed maneuvering resolution advisory data (RA data) is re-

ceived via a high-speed ARINC 429 data bus from the TCAS processor.
NOTE: Traffic is not displayed on an RA/VSI.
Built-in test circuits continuously monitor for RA/VSI unit fail-

ures. Failure status is reported to the TCAS processor via discrete
DISPLAY VALID signal lines.
The resolution advisories (RAs) on the electrical/electro-mechani-

cal display of the RA/VSI are identical to the RAs on the LCD display
of the TA/RA/VSI.
F. Mode S Transponder
The Mode S transponder is discussed in this manual to aid under-

standing of overall TCAS operation. For additional information re-
fer to the applicable Mode S transponder system maintenance manual.
(1) Mode S Transponder Functions
The microprocessor based Mode S transponder performs the fol-

lowing functions in the TCAS II system:
(a) Automatically transmits 1090 MHz Mode S squitter mes-

sages every second. These squitter messages notify oth-
er TCAS equipped aircraft and ground stations that own
Mode S equipped aircraft is present.
(b) Receives broadcast messages from other TCAS equipped

aircraft and notifies own TCAS processor that broadcast
message was received.
(c) Replies to 1030 MHz Mode S interrogations from other

TCAS equipped aircraft.
Page 144
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(d) Replies to 1030 MHZ Mode A, Mode C, and Mode S interro-

gations from ATC ground stations with a 1090 MHz message
in the traditional manner.
(e) Transmits 1090 MHz resolution advisory air-to-air coor-

dination message data (received from the TCAS proces-
sor) during threat conditions between own and other TCAS
equipped aircraft.
(f) Provides the following data to the TCAS processor via

an ARINC 429 data link:
1 Own aircraft identification code, pressure alti-

tude, and maximum airspeed data.
2 TCAS broadcast information and air-to-air resolu-

tion advisory coordination information received
from other TCAS equipped aircraft.
3 TCAS sensitivity level and other mode control

data received by own Mode S transponder from own
transponder/TCAS control unit.
4 TCAS sensitivity level control data from Mode S

ground control stations at 1030 MHz (future ap-
plication).
5 Mode S ARINC 604 maintenance status.
(g) Receives TCAS capability, TCAS validity, sensitivity

level, and TCAS coordination update data from the TCAS
processor via the ARINC 429 data link and inserts this
data into 1090 MHz coordination messages. Replies to
interrogations from Mode S ground stations will be a
future application.
(2) Mode S Transponder BITE
The Mode S transponder contains built-in-test-equipment soft-

ware that continuously monitors for transponder internal
failures, transponder control unit failures, and ARINC 429
data failures.
Failure status is reported to the TCAS processor via the ARINC

429 data link. The transponder reports failure status to the
FAIL lamp on the transponder control unit via a discrete out-
put signal.
Page 145
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(3) Mode S Transponder Power
The Mode S transponder receives 28 Vdc primary input power and

26 Vac synchro altitude reference power from aircraft power
sources. The transponder receives a suppression pulse from
the TPU 67A TCAS processor during transmissions.
G. Control Units
The control units are discussed in this paragraph to aid understand-

ing of overall TCAS operation. For additional information on the
Mode-S operation of the KFS 578A, PS-578A, PS-550, CD 671C, or CTA-
81A/CTA-81D control units refer to the MST 67A Installation Manual,
ATA #34-54-01.
(1) The control unit allows the pilot to do the following:
(a) Select TCAS operating modes; control range, above/below

altitude limits, and flight level versus relative alti-
tude displays on the TCAS traffic display unit.
(b) Activate or deactivate the Mode S transponder.
(c) Select the ATC transponder identification code.
(d) Insert a special pattern identifier code (IDENT) into

transponder replies to ground station interrogations.
(e) Initiate TCAS functional test.
(f) Select which transponder is active in a dual transponder

system.
(g) Select altitude source.
(2) The KFS 578A, PS-578A, PS-550, and CD 671C illuminate “FAIL”
on the display to indicate a transponder fail condition. The
CTA-81A/CTA-81D illuminate a FAIL lamp to indicate a transpon-
der fail condition.
(3) The Mode S/TCAS transponder control unit transfers control

data to the Mode S transponder via an ARINC 429 data link.
The Mode S/TCAS control unit FAIL lamp/display receives a
failure status input from the Mode S transponder.
Page 146
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(4) The KFS 578A, PS-578A, PS-550, and CD 671C control units re-
quire 28 Vdc input power and 5 Vdc/Vac and 28 Vdc panel light-
ing power from aircraft power sources (depending on unit and
configuration).
(5) The CTA-81A/CTA-81D receives 115 Vac input power and 5 Vac 400
Hz panel lighting power from aircraft power sources.
(6) The KFS 578A, PS-578A, PS-550, CD 671C, and CTA-81A/CTA-81D

control units are shown in Figure 26 KFS 578A Control Unit
Controls, Figure 27 PS-578A Control Unit Controls, Figure 28
PS-550 Control Unit Controls, Figure 29 CD 671C Control Unit
Controls, and Figure 30 CTA-81 ( ) Control Unit Controls re-
spectively. Their functions are described in Table 64 Control
Unit Control and Indicator Functions.
8. System Control and Indicator Functions
A. General
The primary manual controls used to operate the TCAS II are con-
tained on the Mode S transponder/TCAS control unit.
NOTE: Control and indicator functions of the KFS 578A, PS-578A,

PS-550, CD 671C, and CTA-81A/CTA-81D control units are
described in this section.
TCAS advisory and/or operational status indications are shown by

the TA/RA/VSI, RA/VSI, dedicated traffic display, cockpit audio sys-
tem, and transponder/TCAS control unit.
Control of traffic advisory display range selection can be provided

remotely from the transponder/TCAS control unit or locally via a
front panel range selector switch, or switches, depending upon type
of display unit used and display unit configuration strapping.
B. TCAS Input Power Control
Twenty eight volts dc or 115 Vac/400 Hz primary power, 26 Vac ref-

erence power, and 5 Vac or Vdc or 28 Vdc background panel lighting
power are applied to the TCAS system by closing aircraft circuit
breakers.
Page 147
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
C. TCAS II Control Units
The KFS 578A, PS-578A, PS-550, CD 671C, and CTA-81A/CTA-81D control

units are the master controls for both TCAS and the Mode S transpon-
der. The CTA-81A/CTA-81D control unit is suitable for dual (Mode
S) installations. The KFS 578A, PS-578A, PS-550, and CD 671C con-
trol units are available in configurations suitable for dual (Mode
S) or single (Mode S) installations.
Figure 26 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls

(Typical)
Page 148
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 27 PS-578A Control Unit Controls

(Typical)
Page 149
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 28 PS-550 Control Unit Controls

(Typical)
Page 150
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 29 CD 671C Control Unit Controls

(Typical)
Page 151
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 30 CTA-81 ( ) Control Unit Controls

(Typical)
Page 152
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION
1/2 Switch Selects one of two Mode S transponders to be under control
(KFS 578A/PS-578A/ of the control unit. The non-selected Mode S transponder is
PS-550/CD 671C) placed in either STANDBY or OFF mode.
ATC 1-2 Switch
(CTA-81A/CTA-81D)
ALT 1-2 Switch Selects one of two Mode S transponder altitude source input
(CTA-81A) ports.
ALT ON / ALT OFF
(CTA-81D)
Function Selector Switch: Rotary switch. Controls operating modes of Mode S
transponder and requests TCAS operating modes.
TST/TEST Position Initiates TCAS and Mode S transponder functional self-test.
If TCAS processor Functional Test Inhibit program pin is
strapped, TCAS functional test is inhibited while aircraft
is airborne. The TCAS flag displays “TCAS” on the RA/VSI
display for the duration of the functional test
(approximately 8 seconds). The traffic display displays
"TEST." A test pattern appearing on the traffic display
allows verification of each type of intruder symbol. During
the first three seconds a lamp test is performed on all
segments of the RA/VSI. If a failure is detected during
functional test, the TCAS flag continues to display “TCAS”.
Following the lamp test, a test fixed command is displayed
until end of test.
SBY/STBY Position In-flight or on-the-ground places Mode S transponder and
TCAS in STANDBY mode (TCAS sensitivity level #1). In
STANDBY mode, transponder’s power is turned on but
transponder does not transmit squitters or reply to
interrogations. In STANDBY mode, all TCAS broadcast,
surveillance, and tracking operations are disabled and the
traffic display is blanked except for a "TCAS STBY" mode
annunciation.
Table 64 Control Unit Control and Indicator Functions

(Sheet 1 of 7)
Page 153
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Function Selector Switch
(Cont.)
ON Position In-Flight - Turns on Mode S transponder to fully active
(KFS 578A/PS-578A/ state and places TCAS in STANDBY mode (TCAS sensitivity
PS-550/CD 671C) level #1). Mode S transponder transmits squitters and
ALT OFF Position replies to Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C and Mode A
(CTA-81A/CTA-81D) interrogations. The Mode S transponder’s reply to Mode C
and Mode S interrogations does not contain an altitude
report. The transponder’s reply to Mode A interrogations
contains the ATC transponder code (normal Mode A reply).
All TCAS broadcasts, surveillance, and tracking functions
are disabled. Traffic display screen is blanked except for
a "TCAS STBY" mode annunciation.
On-the-Ground - Mode S transponder squitters and replies to

Mode S interrogations. Depending on Mode S transponder
strapping, transponder replies or does not reply to ATCRBS
Mode C and Mode A interrogations. The transponder’s reply
to ATCRBS and Mode S interrogations does not contain an
altitude report. The transponder’s reply to Mode A
interrogations contains the ATC transponder code. TCAS is
in STANDBY mode (TCAS sensitivity level #1). Traffic
display screen is blanked except for a "TCAS STBY"
annunciation.
ALT Position In-Flight - Same effect on Mode S transponder and TCAS as ON
(KFS 578A/PS-578A/CD 671C) or ALT OFF position (in-flight) except Mode S transponder
XPDR Position PS-550 reports altitude in its Mode C and Mode S replies.
ALT ON Position
(CTA-81A/CTA-81D) On-the-Ground - Same effect on Mode S transponder and TCAS
as ON or ALT OFF position (on-the-ground) except transponder
reports altitude in its Mode C and Mode S replies (if
strapped to respond to Mode C when on-the-ground).
VFR Position Annunciates ATC and VFR, and displays stored ATC code.
The ATC code can be changed by encoder knobs.

(Sheet 2)
Page 154
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(Cont.)
TA Position In-Flight - Turns on Mode S transponder to fully active
(TA ONLY Mode) state and places TCAS in TA ONLY mode (traffic advisory only
mode) (TCAS sensitivity level #2). Mode S transponder
transmits squitters and replies fully to Mode S and ATCRBS
Mode C and Mode A interrogations. TCAS broadcasts and
performs all Mode S and ATCRBS surveillance and tracking
functions. TCAS provides traffic displays for TA,
proximity, and non-threat category aircraft but does not
categorize or display any aircraft as an RA threat symbol.
TCAS provides traffic advisory alerts but does not issue
resolution advisory alerts (i.e. voice RA alerts or RA
indications on the traffic display are not generated). A TA
ONLY annunciation appears on the traffic display.
On-the-Ground - Mode S transponder squitters and replies

fully to Mode S interrogations. Depending on transponder
strapping, transponder replies fully or does not reply to
ATCRBS Mode C and Mode A interrogations. Depending on TCAS
strapping, TCAS either goes into TA ONLY mode or STANDBY
mode (traffic display screen is blanked except a "TCAS STBY"
mode annunciation appears on traffic display).
TA/RA Position In-Flight - Turns on Mode S transponder to fully active

state. If own aircraft is above 1000 feet AGL, TCAS enters
sensitivity level #4 through #7 dependent on own aircraft
altitude. The Mode S transponder transmits squitters and
replies fully to Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C and Mode A
interrogations. TCAS broadcasts and performs all Mode S and
ATCRBS surveillance and tracking functions. TCAS provides
traffic displays for RA, TA, Proximity, and non-threat
category aircraft, issues RA and TA alerts, and issues
resolution advisories on the TA/RA/VSI or RA/VSI. A TA/RA
annunciation appears on the PPI or dedicated traffic
display. A Mode annunciation is not provided on the TA/RA/
VSI for TA/RA mode.
NOTE: If own aircraft is below 1000 feet AGL, TCAS defaults

to TA ONLY mode.

(Sheet 3)
Page 155
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(Cont.)
TA/RA Position On-the Ground - Mode S transponder squitters and replies

(Cont.) fully to Mode S interrogations. Depending on transponder
strapping, transponder replies fully or does not reply to
ATCRBS Mode C and Mode A interrogations or Mode S
interrogations. TCAS defaults to TA ONLY mode (TCAS
sensitivity level #2) and functions as described for the TA
position (on-the-ground) of the Function Selector Switch in
this table.
MODE Pushbutton (PS-550) ATC Mode - (default mode) allows entry of the four-digit ATC
(Note 8) code.
FID Mode - allows entry of alpha numeric flight
identification and annunciates “FID” on display.
TFC Mode (Collins TDR-94D) - selects traffic display
operating mode: pop-up (AUTO) or full-time display (ON) and
annunciates on display.
FL Mode (Honeywell MST 67A) - allows selection of relative
(REL) or absolute (ABS) altitude to be displayed.
ADC Mode - selects which air data computer is used by TCAS
and annunciates “ADC” and “1” or “2” on display.
FL Pushbutton Switch Spring-loaded pushbutton switch. When pressed and released,
replaces relative altitude annunciations for intruder
aircraft on traffic display with flight-level altitude
annunciations for a period of 15 seconds. During the 15
second period, own aircraft flight-level altitude also
appears on the traffic display. After 15 seconds, own
aircraft flight-level altitude disappears from display and
intruder aircraft altitude annunciations revert back to
relative altitude annunciations.
If during the 15 second period after the FL switch is
pressed and released, a new RA or TA category aircraft is
detected by TCAS, the 15 second flight-level display is
disabled and relative altitudes reappear.
TCAS RANGE Switch Rotary switch, clockwise increases range and counter
clockwise decreases range. Selects 3 - 40 nautical mile
range scaling for the traffic display. The selected display
scaling is annunciated as 40 nmi, 20 nmi, 15 nmi, 10 nmi, 5
nmi, 3 nmi, or 1 nmi on the traffic display. Specific ranges
and range groups available are defined by the software
version in use.

(Sheet 4)
Page 156
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FID Pushbutton ATC Mode - (default mode) allows entry of the four-digit
PS-578A ATC code.
FID Mode - allows entry of alpha numeric flight identi-
fication and annunciates “FID” on display.
ABOVE/NORM/BELOW Switch: Three position toggle switch. Selects relative altitude
(Arrow symbols on display limits for non-threat category aircraft (open-white
(KFS 578A/PS-578A/ diamond symbols) on the traffic display.
PS-550/CD 671C)
ABOVE Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft up to +8700 feet
(+9000 feet MOPS Change 7) above own aircraft and down to -
2700 feet below own aircraft. ABOVE is annunciated on
screen of traffic display. An up carrot is shown on the
control unit.
NORM Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft up to 2700 feet above
own aircraft and down to 2700 feet below own aircraft on
traffic display. An up/down carrot is shown on the control
unit.
BELOW Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft down to -8700 feet (-
9000 feet MOPS Change 7) below own aircraft and up to +2700
feet above own aircraft. BELOW is annunciated on screen of
traffic display. A down carrot is shown on the control
unit.
IDENT Pushbutton: When this switch is pressed and released, a Special ATC
(KFS 578A/PS-578A/CD 671C) IDENT Position Identifier (SPI) is inserted temporarily into
SEL ID Pushbutton (PS-550) transponder Mode S replies to interrogations from ground
ATC IDENT stations. The SPI pulse is not used by TCAS.
CTA-81A/CTA-81D)

(Sheet 5)
Page 157
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Code Select Knobs Allows selection of transponder identification code. The
transponder inserts this code into replies to Mode A
interrogations and Mode S ATC identification requests from
ground stations. The ATC IDENT code is not used by TCAS.
ATC IDENT Code Display Displays transponder ATC identification code selected by the
Code Select Knobs and annunciates which xponder is selected
by the ATC 1-2 Switch.
FAIL Illuminates on the display.
(KFS 578A/PS-578A/
PS-550/CD 671C)
FAIL (KFS 578A, CD 671C) Illuminates on the display for failure of the selected
Mode S transponder.
CP FAIL (PS-578A, PS-550) Illuminates on the display for internal control panel fail
modes.
XPDR FAIL (PS-578A,PS-550) Illuminates on the display for failure of the selected
Mode S transponder.
ATC FAIL Lamp Illuminates (amber) for failure of the selected Mode S
CTA-81A/D transponder.
T/Wx (CD 671C) Three position rotary switch used to control traffic
advisories displayed on a weather radar indicator. The
annunciations appearing on the weather radar display are
"WX" for weather only; "TCAS" for TCAS only; "T/WX" for
TCAS and weather information.

(Sheet 6)
Page 158
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
NOTE 1: TCAS operating modes are requested from the transponder/TCAS control unit [i.e.
TA/RA mode is requested by rotating function selector switch to TA/RA]. The
TCAS processor may or may not enter the requested mode dependent on prevailing
conditions. For example: If TA/RA mode is requested from the control unit and
own aircraft is below 1000 feet AGL, TCAS automatically defaults to TA ONLY
mode (TCAS sensitivity level #2) regardless of the TA/RA mode request from the
panel.
NOTE 2: TCAS can be strapped to display either all traffic all the time or only when a
TA or RA is present.
NOTE 3: Holding the FL switch pressed for longer than 15 seconds will not display
flight level altitudes for any longer than 15 seconds.
NOTE 4: The range at which resolution or traffic advisories are generated by TCAS is
unaffected by the TCAS RANGE switch.
NOTE 5: The presence of intruder aircraft that are categorized as RA (resolution
advisory threats) or TA (traffic advisories) that are beyond the selected
display range is indicated by 1/2 target symbols at edge of screen. The
position of the 1/2 symbol represents approximate bearing of the intruder.
The 1/2 symbol color and shape represents whether the off-scale intruder is an
RA (1/2 red square for off-scale RA) or TA (1/2 yellow circle for off-scale
TA). When this occurs, the aircraft symbol can be displayed by increasing the
selected range on the TCAS RANGE switch.
NOTE 6: RA (threat), TA (traffic advisory), and proximity category aircraft displays
are unaffected by the ABOVE/NORM/BELOW switch. (RA and TA aircraft within ±8700
feet (±9000 feet MOPS Change 7) of own aircraft are displayed regardless of the
ABOVE/NORM/BELOW switch position. Proximity category aircraft are always
within ±1200 feet altitude of own aircraft.)
NOTE 7: TCAS RANGE switch is not provided on all versions of the KFS 578A, CD 671C, or
CTA-81A/CTA-81D. When a TA/RA/VSI or dedicated traffic display having optional
range selectors is used, range selection is made at the traffic display. Other
versions have range selections to 40 nautical miles.
NOTE 8: The MODE pushbutton at the right center of unit sets the unit in ATC, FID, ADC,
TFC, or FL operating mode and annunciates on the LCD panel.

(Sheet 7)
Page 159
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
D. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor
The GC 362A TCAS Graphics Computer is a remote mounted graphics pro-

cessor that converts high speed ARINC 429 from an ARINC 735 compat-
ible TCAS processor to display on the Honeywell RDS 81, RDS 82, RDS
84, RDS 86, RDR 2000, and RDR 2100 color weather radar systems, cer-
tain Honeywell Primus series radar systems, and Collins WXR270 se-
ries radar system.
When interfaced to a CAS 67A TCAS II system, the GC 362A will display
traffic information on the radar indicator. The unit has three dis-
play modes that may be controlled by an external pushbutton or
through 429 control via external control unit. This option is se-
lected by the state of the “mode select” pin (P3621-10).
Option 1: In the Radar/TCAS Overlay mode, the weather information

is overlaid with the TCAS information.
Option 2: In TCAS Only mode, a full time 360° TCAS traffic display
is presented and the weather information is not displayed.
Option 3: In the Radar Display mode, the radar display is in the

normal weather display mode unless a TA or RA is detected by the
TCAS system. During detection, the display will switch to either
TCAS Only display mode or the Radar/TCAS Overlay display mode for
the duration of the intruder presence, then return to the Radar Dis-
play mode. The choice of the switched mode is controlled by the
selected state of the “POP-UP” external strap.
External red, green, and blue inputs are provided for use with a NAV
graphics computer such as the GC 360A or GC 361A. This allows nav-
igation graphics to be presented from various navigation systems.
NOTE: The CAS 67A TCAS II Pilot’s Guide, p/n 006-08499-(), de-
scribes the radar/TCAS display operation in detail.
Page 160
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
E. TA/RA/VSI
The TA/RA/VSI displays resolution advisory maneuvering information

to the pilot during threat conditions. The TA/RA/VSI also provides
a display of airspace traffic conditions within the traffic display
range and altitude limits.
(1) Resolution Advisories
Resolution advisories can be corrective or preventive and pos-

itive or negative.
A corrective advisory requires a vertical maneuver and is al-

ways displayed with red and green arcs. The red arc repre-
sents the vertical speed rates that are not acceptable in the
presence of the RA and the green arc represents the vertical
speeds that should be flown during a corrective advisory. A
preventive advisory requires no maneuver and is represented
with only a red arc. Refer to CAS 67A TCAS II Pilot’s Guide,
p/n 006-08499-().
The limits of the red arc are provided to the TA/RA/VSI from
the TCAS via the 429 bus. The limits of the green arc are not
provided from TCAS. The green arc will be immediately adja-
cent to the red arc and have a width approximately equal to
the space between 1500 ft/min and 2000 ft/min.
It is possible to display two red arcs simultaneously with an

RA such as “don’t climb greater than 1000 feet“ and “don’t
descend greater than 2000 feet.” Since only one action can
be corrective, the green arc will be immediately adjacent to
the red arc representing the corrective advisory. If both
actions are preventive then only the red arcs are present.
(2) Traffic Display
The traffic display provides the following information:
• Standard symbology consisting of own aircraft symbol and a

two mile range ring marker.
• Resolution advisory, traffic advisory, proximity, and non-

threat category aircraft symbols that depict range, bear-
ing (if tracking is occurring on a directional antenna),
and altitude (if intruder is reporting altitude).
Page 161
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
• Text message annunciations of TAs and RAs that cannot be

displayed by a symbol because bearing is not available, of
TAs and RAs that are outside the range scaling of the traf-
fic display, of display operating modes, and of fail con-
ditions.
scribes the TA/RA/VSI operation in detail.
F. RA/VSI
The RA/VSI displays resolution advisories similar to the TA/RA/VSI

but does not provide a traffic display.
The RA/VSI provides resolution advisories that indicate vertical

speeds to be avoided in order to maintain or achieve safe vertical
separation.
An electromechanical pointer and vertical speed scale, which are

standard VSI features, indicate the present vertical speed of own
aircraft. The RA/VSI includes a microprocessor based control unit
and curved red and green eyebrow lamp segments around the periphery
of the vertical speed scale.
Maneuvering resolution advisories are annunciated on the RA/VSI by

illuminating an associated number of the red lamp segments to indi-
cate he vertical speed rates to be avoided and green arcs to indicate
the vertical speeds that should be flown during an advisory. Refer
to the CAS 67A TCAS II Pilot’s Guide, p/n 006-08499-(),
The VSI used for TCAS applications is also equipped with flags that
indicate TCAS operating conditions.
The Honeywell manufactured RA/VSI receives resolution advisory and

flag control data from the TCAS processor via a high-speed ARINC 429
data link.
RA/VSI display units are used as the resolution advisory display

when TCAS traffic displays are provided on another display such as
a radar/TCAS display or dedicated TCAS traffic display.
scribes the RA/VSI operation in detail.
Page 162
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
G. Weather Radar/TCAS Display
The radar/TCAS display provides its normal separate weather radar

display and can be manually controlled to present a separate TCAS
traffic display or a combined weather radar/TCAS presentation.
The radar/TCAS display integration into the TCAS II system is de-

scribed in separate manuals listed in Table 49 Related Publications
scribes the radar/TCAS display operation in detail.
H. Optional Aural/Lamp Advisory Outputs
Optional aural and lamp traffic advisory and resolution advisory

outputs are available and may be activated by connecting external
tone generators and/or indicator lamps to the appropriate rear con-
nector pins on the TCAS processor.
The aural advisory outputs are used to generate tones that accompany
corrective, preventive, and traffic advisories generated by the TCAS
processor. The activated aural advisory discrete output is gener-
ated for a 1.0 ±0.2 second period. When the aural advisory discrete
outputs are used in an installation, the audio output program should
be configured (by configuration module) to provide a 1.0 ±0.2 second
delay of the synthesized voice output in order to be properly phased
with the aural advisories.
The lamp advisory outputs can be used to operate annunciator lights

that identify the advisory as a corrective, preventive, or traffic
advisory. The activated output remains on for the duration of the
advisory unless canceled.
I. Audio Message Alerts
Audio message alerts provided by TCAS on the cockpit audio system

are described in the CAS 67A TCAS II Pilot’s Guide, p/n 006-08499-
(), revision 2 or later.
J. TCAS Processor and Mode S Transponder Fault Indicators
These panel indicators provide a fault isolation maintenance “aid”

in failure situations where the traffic advisory display subsystem
has failed and is incapable if displaying TCAS failure annuncia-
tions. Refer to FAULT ISOLATION and INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
sections of this manual for details.
Page 163
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
K. Optional Advisory Cancel Switch
This momentary switch cancels active advisory alert conditions.
L. Range Selection and Range Rings
Depending upon TCAS configuration, traffic advisory display range

selection is controlled either externally, via data input to the
display on the ARINC 429 bus, or internally, using a front panel
selector switch (weather/traffic display) or optional front panel
pushbutton switches (TA/RA/VSI or dedicated traffic display). Range
rings displayed are a function of range selected, regardless of
whether range selection is made remotely or locally.
Page 164
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 31 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, TCAS and Radar Displays
Page 165/166
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 32 Collins IND270 Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays
Page 167/168
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 33 Honeywell WI650 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays
Page 169/170
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 34 Honeywell P90 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays
Page 171/172
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
FAULT ISOLATION
1. General
Fault isolation is the process of locating the source of a TCAS failure

at the LRU or aircraft wiring level. Fault isolation for TCAS involves
observation of TCAS failure indicators and use of functional self-test.
After the fault has been isolated, the appropriate aircraft repair proce-
dures are used to correct the problem. See the INSTALLATION AND MAINTE-
NANCE section for details.
TCAS failures can be indicated by failure annunciations on the radar/TCAS

display or dedicated traffic unit display, an electromechanical fail flag
on the RA/VSI unit, and failure indicator lamps on the front panels of the
TCAS LRU components. TCAS failures are detected and failures indicated
through full-time TCAS built-in test equipment monitoring or manually ini-
tiated TCAS self-test.
TCAS faults and fault codes can be viewed on the left side of the TCAS
processor (as viewed from the front) or on a diagnostic computer with the
appropriate diagnostic programs. Real-time failures can be observed and
fault memory can be searched for recurring problems by the diagnostic com-
puter. TCAS faults can be recorded and analyzed using special recording
programs with dedicated computer equipment.
For these reasons, it is very important that the TCAS installation con-
tains accessible diagnostic and recorder connections. Additionally, the
diagnostic computer is necessary for system checkout and installation
fault isolation.
2. Fault Isolation
Fault isolation is typically performed on the ground, as a result of fail-

ures indicated during post-installation or preflight testing, or malfunc-
tions that were observed during flight operation.
A. General
(1) The TCAS processor is capable of detecting any malfunctions

of TCAS components that degrade or prevent possible collision
avoidance protection. A failure of the TCAS system during
normal operation results in the following actions by the TCAS
processor:
• Provides an indication to flight crew that an abnormal con-

dition exists. Typically, a yellow "TCAS" flag will an-
nunciate on the traffic display.
Page 1001
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
• Causes any Mode S transmissions that report own aircraft

status to indicate that own aircraft has no on-board res-
olution advisory capability.
• Prevents interrogations by own aircraft TCAS.
• Deactivates the normal TCAS display functions.
NOTE: Refer to the pilot’s guide for specific failure in-
dications that will appear on RA/VSI, TA/RA/VSI,
dedicated TCAS display, etc.
(2) There are three methods for initiating and observing function-
al self-test results or failure causes of the Mode S/TCAS sys-
tem:
• The first method is to initiate self-test at the Mode S/

TCAS control unit. Detected failures are annunciated on
the traffic display, with the exception of the IVA-81A/IVA-
81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI.
• The second method is to observe self-test fault codes an-
nunciated on the TPU side-panel LED indicator (located in-
side the cover of the processor).
• The third method is to use a diagnostic computer program
to view faults in real-time or to recover faults stored in
fault memory.
(3) Before performing TCAS system self-test, ensure that the fol-
lowing aircraft systems are powered and operating with no
failure flags on the appropriate cockpit instruments:
• Mode S transponder system

• Encoding Altitude Sources (Air Data Systems)
• Radio Altimeter Systems
• Attitude (Vertical Gyro) Systems
• Heading (Compass) Systems
(4) If the attitude and heading data supplied to the TCAS system
are from an AHRS, IRS, or INS they must be aligned and be in
an operational mode.
Page 1002
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
B. Fault Isolation Using the Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
NOTE: If a TCAS/Weather Radar display is used as the traffic

display, the radar system should be in SBY or TST before
the next step for about 5 seconds to allow the display to
warm up.
(1) In a dual Mode S-equipped aircraft, set the transponder select

switch to #1 position to test the number one transponder. Se-
lect the test mode, observe for the fail annunciation.
(2) If there are no malfunctions, the test sequence will be as

follows:
(a) A test pattern appears on the traffic display to allow

verification of each type of intruder symbol. The traf-
fic display shows the TCAS traffic test pattern and
"TEST" is displayed. See Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern.
Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern
Page 1003
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(b) For aircraft equipped with RA/VSI:
1 During the first few seconds of the test, the RA/

VSI red and green lamps (climb/descend indica-
tors) illuminate sequentially. The TCAS flag is
in view throughout the test period.
2 After the RA/VSI sequential lamp test, the red and

green climb/descend lamps display a fixed test
command representing a typical resolution adviso-
ry throughout the remainder of the test sequence.
NOTE: Loss of valid vertical speed input will cause

the VSI flag to appear on the RA/VSI. If a
TA/RA/VSI is used, the legend “VSI” will ap-
pear on the display. A TCAS processor fail-
ure will cause the TCAS flag to appear on the
RA/VSI, and TCAS to be displayed on the TA/
RA/VSI.
(c) For aircraft equipped with TA/RA/VSI:
The TA/RA/VSI indicates a fixed Resolution Advisory and

the traffic symbol test pattern. A “TEST” is indicated.
(d) For aircraft equipped with a radar/TCAS or dedicated

display:
Both displays indicate the TCAS display test pattern and

“TEST” is displayed.
(e) At the successful conclusion of self-test, the TCAS pro-

cessor outputs onto the audio bus the synthesized voice
message, "TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK."
(3) If there is a failure detected during self-test, the voice

message output from the TCAS processor is, "TCAS SYSTEM TEST
FAIL." The radar/TCAS display or dedicated display will an-
nunciate the failed system component(s).
Possible traffic display fault annunciations are as follows:
• TCAS PROCESSOR•
• UPPER ANTENNA
• LOWER ANTENNA
• RADIO ALT #1
Page 1004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
• RADIO ALT #2•

• RADIO ALT #1 and #2
• XPNDR DATA BUS #1
• XPNDR DATA BUS #2
• TRAFFIC DISPLAY
• RA DISPLAY #1
• RA DISPLAY #2
• RA DISPLAY #1 AND #2
• SELECTED XPNDR
• XPNDR TOP ANTENNA
• XPNDR BOTTOM ANTENNA
• XPNDR CONTROL DATA
• XPNDR ALT DATA #1 and #2
• #1 XPNDR ALT DATA
• #2 XPNDR ALT DATA
• ATTITUDE
• HEADING
• GP RAM
• NO TCAS 429 DATA
• TCAS FAIL
(4) If the self-test results were not successful, perform the fol-
lowing:
(a) If a TCAS/Weather Radar display is used, check and

record fault annunciations. Refer to Table 1001 TCAS/
Weather Radar Display Fault Annunciations for fault
isolation procedures.
(b) In non-TCAS/Weather Radar display aircraft, view the

LED on the left side of the TPU 67A unit for further
clarification of problem, refer to Table 1003 TCAS Pro-
cessor Fault Codes.
Page 1005
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(c) Use a diagnostic computer to view the fault conditions

of the TCAS Processor.
CAUTION: REMOVE POWER PRIOR TO REPLACING A TCAS SYSTEM

COMPONENT. DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT MAY OTH-
ERWISE RESULT.
FAULT ANNUNCIATION FAULT ISOLATION

#1 ALT DATA Check altitude source and associated wiring.
#2 ALT DATA Check proper altitude type is selected.
ALT DATA #1 and #2
CONTROL DATA Check TCAS control unit.
TCAS PROCESSOR Replace TCAS processor.
UPPER ANTENNA Check antenna and associated wiring. Use diagnostic computer to
LOWER ANTENNA determine failed antenna connection.
ATTITUDE Check attitude & heading sources and associated wiring. Check
HEADING proper attitude type is selected.
TCAS FAIL/NO TCAS Check power and associated wiring. Replace traffic display
TRAFFIC DISPLAY unit.
TA DISPLAY #2 Check vertical speed source (on TA/RA/VSI), power, and
TA DISPLAY #1 and #2 associated wiring. Replace traffic display unit.
RADIO ALT #1 or #2 Check selected radio altimeter source. Radio altimeter #2 will
be indicated on single radio altimeter installations. Check
proper altitude type selected.
Table 1001 TCAS/Weather Radar Display Fault Annunciations
(5) In a dual Mode S-equipped aircraft, set the transponder select

switch to #2 position to test the number two transponder. Se-
lect the test mode, observe any fail annunciations.
C. Fault Isolation Using TCAS Processor LED Fault Codes
The TCAS processor fault codes are displayed on an LED indicator

located at top center on the left side of the TCAS processor (inside
the top cover).
(1) Normally, with no fault, the seven LED segments light one at
a time in a figure eight pattern. The decimal also blinks.
(2) Typically, the fault codes shown in Table 1003 TCAS Processor
Fault Codes are associated with external inputs to the TCAS
processor. Use these fault codes for fault isolation of the
TCAS system in the aircraft.
Page 1006
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The following legend and abbreviations apply to Table 1003

TCAS Processor Fault Codes.
F-UUU-xx - OS_DEFAULT_INTERRUPT_SERVICE_SW_EXCEPT - 80960KB

Unassigned Interrupt, xx is the vector of the
undefined interrupt.
SPM - System Performance Monitoring

CS - Cold Start
WS - Warm Start (power interruption < 1 sec)
FT - Functional Test
The fault codes listed apply to -0101/-0201/-1111/-1211 ex-

cept as follows:
F-85-00 - applies to -1111/-1211 only
F-85-01 - applies to -1111/-1211 only
F-89-37 - applies to -1111/-1211 only
F-90-03 - applies to -1111/-1211 only
NOTE: Additional fault classes and codes may be indicat-

ed. Typically, any codes not shown in Table 1003
TCAS Processor Fault Codes indicate an internal
TCAS processor failure. A single letter code, as
shown below, indicates a catastrophic internal TCAS
processor failure. All fault codes and unit serial
number should be recorded to share with Honeywell
Product Support.
CODE FAILURE
A RAM address line stuck low
d RAM address line stuck high
F CPU reserved RAM data test
b Program memory boot block checksum failure
C CPU Instruction
H Program memory main block checksum failure
Table 1002 Catastrophic Single Letter Failure Codes
NOTE: Fault codes that indicate problems with the antenna

or antenna cables will require additional trouble-
shooting to determine the cause of the fault. The
DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES list the necessary test
equipment and recommended procedures for trouble-
shooting the antenna system.
Page 1007
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
SYMBOL CLASS CODE FAILURE

F 01 01 RAM data (SPM) - RAM on computer board not reliable
F 01 02 RAM data (CS, WS, FT) - RAM on computer board not reliable
F 01 05 Voice EPROM - Xilinx/Voice memory EPROM on I/O board failed checksum
F 01 07 ATAN EPROM - deleted with TPU67A2.10 release - part no longer on 8876
computer bd.
F 01 08 EEPROM - Factory Cal and Fault Log EEPROM on computer bd. fails checksum
F 01 09 POWER SUPPLY +3.3 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 10 POWER SUPPLY +6 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 11 POWER SUPPLY +10.5 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 12 POWER SUPPLY -10.5 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 15 POWER SUPPLY -250 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 18 Transmit Power - TX power read on I/O board is reading out of spec.
F 01 19 Power Supply +2.5V ref. / 5 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out
of spec.
F 01 20 429 TA/RA #1 Transmit - wrap around receiver not receiving transmitted
429 data on computer bd.
F 01 21 429 TA/RA #2 Transmit - wrap around receiver not receiving transmitted
F 01 22 429 XPNDR #1 Transmit - wrap around receiver not receiving transmitted
F 01 23 429 XPNDR #2 Transmit - wrap around receiver not receiving transmitted
F 01 24 429 RA #1 Transmit - wrap around receiver not receiving transmitted 429
data on computer bd.
F 01 25 429 RA #2 Transmit - wrap around receiver not receiving transmitted 429
data on computer bd.
F 02 01 Top Antenna - matching resistor on I/O bd not correct or 50 ohm loads not
connected
F 02 02 Bottom Antenna - matching resistor on I/O bd not correct or 50 ohm loads
not connected
F 02 04 Roll - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based on
selected source
F 02 05 Pitch - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based on
selected source
F 02 06 Heading (SPM) - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based
on selected source
Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes
Page 1008
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F 02 07 Heading (CS) - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based
on selected source
F 02 08 Radio Altimeter (SPM) - 429 (computer bd) or Analog (I/O bd) data invalid
based on selected source
F 02 09 Radio Altimeter (CS) - 429 (computer bd) or Analog (I/O bd) data invalid
based on selected source
F 02 11 RA Display Integrity - One display valid line to RA #1 or #2 must be
valid (I/O bd)
F 02 12 TA Display Integrity - One display valid line to TA #1 or #2 must be
valid (I/O bd)
F 02 13 XPNDR #1 failure - 429 (computer bd) data invalid
F 02 14 XPNDR #2 failure - 429 (computer bd) data invalid
F 02 15 XPNDR #1 - Control Panel failure - 429 (computer bd) data invalid,
specifically label 013, 015, and 016
F 02 16 XPNDR #1 - Altitude failure - 429 (computer bd) data invalid,
specifically label 203
F 02 17 XPNDR #1 - Gillham Compare failure - must be strapped for gillham compare
to be done by TCAS in the config. module and have gillham inputs from
port 1 and 2 differ by more than 500 feet
F 02 18 XPNDR #2 - Control Panel failure - 429 (computer bd) data invalid,
specifically label 013, 015, and 016
F 02 19 XPNDR #2 - Altitude failure - 429 (computer bd) data invalid,
specifically label 203
F 02 20 XPNDR #2 - Gillham Compare failure - must be strapped for gillham compare
to be done by TCAS in the config. module and have gillham inputs from
port 1 and 2 differ by more than 500 feet
F 04 01 VIDEO Ram data (CS, WS, FT) - Ram on video bd. not reliable
F 04 02 VIDEO Ram address stuck low - video bd.
F 04 03 VIDEO Ram address stuck high - video bd.
F 04 04 VIDEO Suppression Latch Clear Error - Video bd suppression latch will not
clear
F 04 05 VIDEO Suppression Latch Mode C Error - Video bd suppression latch will
not set
F 04 06 VIDEO Suppression Latch Mode S Error - Video bd suppression latch will
not set
F 04 07 VIDEO Set End of Interrogation (EOI) - EOI line on video bd will not set
F 04 08 VIDEO Clear EOI - EOI line on video bd will not clear
F 04 09 VIDEO Top/Bottom Switch - Top Error video bd.
F 04 10 VIDEO Top/Bottom Switch - Bottom Error video bd.
F 04 11 VIDEO MS_ATCX True error - Mode S/Mode C bit, ATCX bit video bd.
Page 1009
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F 04 12 VIDEO MS_ATCX False error - Mode S/Mode C bit, ATCX bit video bd.
F 04 13 VIDEO SQ_MODEX True error - Squitter Mode bit, video bd.
F 04 14 VIDEO SQ_MODEX False error - Squitter Mode bit, video bd.
F 04 15 VIDEO EXT_CNTL True error - External control bit on video bd.
F 04 16 VIDEO EXT_CNTL False error - External control bit on video bd.
F 04 17 VIDEO MD3X Mode C error - MD3X bit on video bd
F 04 18 VIDEO MD3X Mode S error - MD3X bit on video bd
F 10 XX Software task duration failure - XX is !MultiTask task number (software
problem)
F 20 XX Software task frequency failure - XX is !MultiTask task number (software
problem)
F 81 00 Bite Ram Data Exception - software error
F 81 01 Bite Task in Progress - BITE test not completed before starting again,
software error
F 81 02 Bite Software Monitor - Invalid MT! task number during SW monitor test,
software error
F 81 03 TPU Initialization Timeout Error - Initialization taking too long, bad
cable cal. at startup causes this failure, see also F-89-33 through F-89-
36. Additionally, previous releases to 01/10 had this problem due to
high suppression bus activity during cal.
F 82 00 MT_RELMEM_ERROR-MT! memory error, software error
F 82 01 MT_PERIOD_ERROR-MT! periodic event error, software error
F 82 02 MT_TASK_ERROR-MT! task initialization error, software error. Also have
received in the factory when 429 inputs on xpndr channels on 8876
computer boards.
F 82 03 MT_RETURN_ERROR - Return from MT! error, software error
F 82 04 MT_GENERAL_ERROR - Invalid MT! task number, software error
F 82 05 CRIT_REG_ERROR - Incorrect critical region type requested, software error
F 82 06 MT_INVALID_SLOT - Invalid task slot number, software error
F 82 07 PWR_BAD_PDR_RAM_CS_ - RAM copy of Power Down Record has bad checksum
F 82 08 PWR_BAD_BITE_CS_- BITE fault record has bad checksum
F 82 09 PWR_BAD_VIDEO_CS - Video warm start record has bad checksum
F 82 10 BAD_EEPROM_WRITE - Error writing to EEPROM
F 84 01 INVALID_RANGE_EXCEPTION - software error
F 84 02 DMA_422_TIMEOUT_EXCEPTION - DMA interrupt does not occur or is not seen
at end of 422 transmission
F 84 03 INVALID_DISPLAY_TACODE - software error
Page 1010
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F 85 00 OS_DEFAULT_FAULT_SERVICE_SW_EXCEPT - An internal 80960 KB fault -

possible software problem - Fault LED will display F-FAL-tt-ss-aaaaaaaa
where tt is fault type, ss is fault sub-type, and aaaaaaaa is the address
where the fault occurred
F 85 01 OS_DEFAULT_INTERRUPT_SERVICE_SW_EXCEPT - Interrupt without assigned
handler executed - Fault LED will display F-UUU-xx where xx is the vector
of the undefined interrupt
F 85 02 OS_DEFAULT_SPT_SERVICE_SW_EXCEPT - software error
F 85 03 OS_RETURN_FROM_MAIN_SW_EXCEPT - software error
F 85 04 OS_DMA_1030_SW_EXCEPT - 1030 Receive DMA buffer size exceeded, DMA on
computer bd or software error
F 85 05 RECEIVE COORDINATION_QUEUE_OVERRUN - software error
F 85 06 DMA VOICE TIMEOUT - DMA interrupt does not occur or is not seen at end of
voice message
F 85 07 RECEIVE NON-COORDINATION_QUEUE_OVERRUN - software error
F 85 08 Configuration Module Compatibility Code - Cfg module needs to be
reprogrammed, ensure that ATE enable discrete input is disabled unless
interface is necessary to chamber or RGS
F 85 09 Configuration Module Checksum Failure - Cfg module needs to be
reprogrammed, ensure that ATE enable discrete input is disabled unless
interface is necessary to chamber or RGS
F 85 50 I/O Voice Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 51 I/O Data Recorder Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not
working, software error
F 85 52 BITE Failure Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 53 BITE LED Write Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 54 OS 429 Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 55 OS CPROC EXEC Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 56 OS CFG MODULE Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 57 VIDEO CFG MODULE Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not
working, software error
F 86 00 SURV: SHOULD _NOT_BE_HERE - software error
F 86 01 SURV: NOT_ADDED_TO_HASH - too many Mode S address squitters which have a
common bit pattern
F 86 02 SURV: BAD_PARAMETER - software error
Page 1011
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F 86 03 SURV: IDENTICAL_TIMESTAMPS - TISI did not increment timestamps, software

problem
F 87 01 TRACK_TOO_FEW_INITIAL - software error
F 87 02 TRACK_ITF_NUMS_OVRFLW - software error
F 88 00 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_UF0_FIELD - software error
F 88 01 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_UF16_FIELD - software error
F 88 02 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_DF0_FIELD - software error
F 88 03 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_DF11_FIELD - software error
F 88 04 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_MSG_TYPE - software error
F 89 01 MODES_EOI_STUCK_EXCEPTION - EOI should transition at end of interrogation
on video bd
F 89 03 MODES_PROC_REPLIES2_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 04 MODES_INTERROGATE1_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 07 MODEC_TRANSMIT_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 08 MODEC_PROCESS_RX_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 09 MODEC_BUFFER_FULL_EXCEPTION - too many valid Mode C replies received for
buffer to be processed by Surveillance
F 89 10 MODEC_INTERROGATE_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 11 SWAP_SWITCH_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 12 PHASE_SHIFT_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 13 RANGE_COUNTER1_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 14 RANGE_COUNTER2_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 15 WS_SEQUENCE_TYPE_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 16 VPSDATA_FIND_NULL_EXCEPTION1 - software error
F 89 18 VPSDATA_CABLE_CAL_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 23 MODEC_SUPPRESSION EXCEPTION - glitch on suppression bus can cause problem
F 89 25 MODES_SUPPRESSION EXCEPTION - glitch on suppression bus can cause problem
F 89 27 MODEC_EOI_STUCK_EXCEPTION - EOI should transition at end of interrogation
on video bd
F 89 28 DMA_COUNT1_EXCEPTION - too many replies or malfunctioning DMA operation
F 89 29 DMA_COUNT2_EXCEPTION - too many replies or malfunctioning DMA operation
F 89 30 VILIMIT_DEFAULT_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 31 EEPROM write of video data failed - EEPROM on computer bd not writable
F 89 32 EEPROM read of video data failed - EEPROM on computer bd not readable
F 89 33 VPSDATA_DYN_RANGE_T_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on top antenna
caused by dynamic range too low (improperly aligned)
Page 1012
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F 89 34 VPSDATA_ZERO_COUNTS_T_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on top

antenna caused by too many zero counts (improperly aligned)
F 89 35 VPSDATA_DYN_RANGE_B_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on bottom
antenna caused by dynamic range too low (improperly aligned)
F 89 36 VPSDATA_ZERO_COUNTS_B_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on bottom
antenna caused by too many zero counts (improperly aligned)
F 89 37 INCORRECT_INEQUALITY_SELECTION - incorrect interference limiting
inequality selected, software error
F 90 00 COORDINATION UNLOCK TIMEOUT - in coordination lock too long, software
error
F 90 01 COORDINATION LOCK TIMEOUT - waiting for coordination lock too long,
software error
F 90 02 TOO MANY INITIAL INTENTS - software error
F 90 03 CAS BARO ALTITUDE FAILURE - CAS logic has determined that own aircraft
baro altitude is not credible
Page 1013
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
D. Fault Isolation Using the Diagnostic Computer
(1) The 9-pin diagnostic test connector must be installed and ac-
cessible in the aircraft, to use the diagnostic computer.
(2) Diagnostic Software
(a) TPU Diagnostic/Configuration Module Set-up Software for

TPU 67A unit SW version 01/09 and below is provided on
3.5 inch diskette p/n 222-00359-00() and 5.25 inch dis-
kette p/n 222-00358-00(). TPU diagnostic software must
be loaded onto a diagnostic computer having the require-
ments listed in the TPUDIAG - TPU Field Diagnostic Pro-
gram User Instructions ( DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES). Refer
to instructions on the diskette for operation of the TPU
diagnostic software.
(b) TCAS Diagnostic/Configuration Module Set-up Software

for TPU 67A unit SW version 01/10 and above is provided
on 3.5 inch diskette p/n 222-00386-00(). TCAS diagnos-
tic software must be loaded onto a diagnostic computer
having the requirements listed in the TCASDIAG - TCAS
Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions ( DIAGNOSTIC
APPENDICES). Refer to instructions on the diskette for
operation of the TCAS diagnostic software.
(c) TCAS Diagnostic/Configuration Module Set-up Software

for TPU 67A unit SW version 01/10 and above is provided
on CD-ROM p/n 222-30003-00(), TCASDIAG for Windows.
TCAS diagnostic software must be loaded onto a diagnos-
tic computer having the requirements listed in the TCAS-
DIAG - TCAS Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions
( DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES). Refer to instructions on the
CD-ROM for operation of the TCAS diagnostic software.
(3) The diagnostic software performs two basic functions:
• Reads and displays the current status of TPU Input Data

• Reads and writes to disk, the contents of the TPU Diagnos-
tic Log
Page 1014
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(4) The following is a sample of the Input/Output Data Dump.
************** I/O Dump *********************

Mag. Heading (Deg.): 0.00 Pitch (Deg.): 0.00
Heading Status: VAL Pitch Status: VAL
Heading Type: 429 Attitude Type: ARINC 429
Enc. Altitude (ft.): 8000.00 Roll (Deg.): 0.00
Enc. Alt. Status: VAL Roll Status: VAL
Enc. Alt. Resolution: Fine Rad. Alt. (ft.): 4000.00
XNDR Source: Port #1 Rad. Alt. Status: VAL
Landing Gear (A21): Retracted Rad. Alt. Type: 429 Rad. Alt.
Air/Ground (A22): Airborne Rad. Alt Source (A66): Port #1
Aircraft (Mode S) Address: N200ZC A19445 (HEX) 50312105 (Octal)

Airborne Funct Test: Allowed Max. Airspeed: 150-300 kts.
Performance Limit: Enabled Display Intruder Limit: No Limit
Functional Test (A20): INACTIVE Adv. Inhibits #1 - #2: OPEN OPEN
Aural Output: No Tone or Muting Intruder File Format: ARINC 735
Altitude Limit: 60000 Adv./Annunciator Cancel: NO (OPEN)
Attitude/Heading Source: Port #1 Display All Traffic: YES
Own A/C Sensitivity: 5 Gnd Display Mode: TA ONLY
Air Volume: 40 mW, 4.0 W Gnd Volume: 40 mW, 4.0 W

Climb Inhibit 1-2 OPEN OPEN Inc Climb Inhib 1-2: OPEN OPEN
TA Flag #1, #2 (A34, 35): VAL VAL RA Flag #1, #2 (B85,86): VAL VAL
Top antenna (J1-J4): 7f 80 80 80 Bottom antenna (J1-J4): 00 01 01 03
(5) Description of TCAS Input/Output Parameters
Mag. Heading (Deg.) displays a digital value between 0.00° and

±180.00° (+ RT); or between 0.00° and ±360.00° (+ RT) for TPU
67A unit SW version 01/11 and higher. This value should be
reasonably stable and reflect the compass reading in the cock-
pit.
Page 1015
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Heading Status indicates VAL (Valid) or INV (Invalid). A Val-

id indicates all the heading parameters meet the electrical
requirements. An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag; de-
termined by the Analog Flag A 86 or Binary label 014/320 in-
puts. An invalid may also indicate an incorrect 26 Vac 400
Hz reference input.
Heading Type (A 23) will indicate either ARINC 429 or synchro

data. Program option 0 = ARINC 429; option 1 = Synchro.
Enc. Altitude (ft.) Encoding Altitude is a digital value be-

tween -1,000 ft. and 127,000 feet. This value should be rea-
sonably stable and reflect the 29.92" altimeter reading in the
cockpit. Additionally, this value should match the encoded
altitude being broadcast by the transponder.
Enc. Alt. Status indicates VAL (Valid) or INV (Invalid).
Enc. Alt. Resolution indicates coarse or fine from transpon-

der.
XNDR Source indicates which Mode S, diversity transponder is

active, #1 or #2.
Landing Gear (A 21) indicates Extended or Retracted. Extended

is shown when a GND is on the designated pin.
Air/Ground (A 22) also called WOW indicates On-Ground or Air-

borne. On-Ground is shown when a GND is on the designated pin.
Pitch (Deg.) displays a digital value between 0.00° and

±180.00° (+ UP) for TPU 67A unit SW version 01/10 and lower;
or (+ UP/- DOWN) for TPU 67A unit SW version 01/11 and higher.
This value should be reasonably stable and reflect the atti-
tude reading in the cockpit.
Pitch Status indicates VAL (Valid) or INV (Invalid). A Valid

indicates all the pitch attitude parameters meet the electri-
cal requirements. An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag;
determined by the Analog Flag, A 85, or binary label 324 in-
put. An Invalid may also indicate an incorrect 26 Vac 400 Hz
reference input.
Attitude Type (A 24, 25) will indicate Synchro or ARINC 429

data. Synchro indicates 3-wire ARINC 407 attitude input.
Program option 0 = ARINC 429, option 1 = Synchro.
Page 1016
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Roll (Deg.) displays a digital value between 0.00° and

±180.00° (+RT Bank) for TPU 67A unit SW version 01/10 and low-
er; or (-LT/+RT) for TPU 67A unit SW version 01/11 and higher.
This value should be reasonably stable and reflect the atti-
tude reading in the cockpit.
Roll Status indicates VAL (Valid) or INV (Invalid). A Valid

indicates all the roll attitude parameters meet the electrical
requirements. An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag; de-
termined by the Analog, A 85, or binary label 325 input. An
Invalid may also indicate an incorrect 26 Vac 400 Hz reference
input.
Rad. Alt. (Radio Altitude) is the height above the ground in

feet. This value is usually between -20 ft. and 2,500 ft on
analog systems and up to 4,000 ft. on some digital 429 sys-
tems.
Rad. Alt. Status indicates VAL (Valid) or INV (Invalid). A

Valid indicates the selected radio altitude source is valid.
An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag; determined by the
Analog Flag, A 37/39, or ARINC label 164/165 inputs.
Rad. Alt. Type (A 53, 40, 42) will indicate ARINC 429, KRA
405, SPERRY, COLLINS, ARINC 552A data. This program option
should agree with the voltage scale used from the radio alti-
tude source; i.e., the KRA 405 has outputs to match the KING,
SPERRY or COLLINS voltage scales. Configure the TPU 67A for
COLLINS when using a Collins (dual slope) output from the KRA
405 unit. Program option 0 = ARINC 552A, option 1 = Collins
(ALT50/55), option 2 = Sperry, option 3 = King (KRA 405), op-
tion 4 = ARINC 429.
Rad. Alt Source (A 66) indicates Port #1 or Port #2 as the

source. A GND on pin A 66 will select port #2, otherwise port
#1 is the radio altitude source.
Aircraft (Mode S) Address will indicate the ICAO aircraft ad-

dress. If the aircraft is US registered the "N" field will
show the N number. The HEX and Octal values will also be in-
dicated. Insure that these values correspond with the air-
craft being tested.
Airborne Functional Test (A 31) indicates Allowed or Inhibit-

ed. Program option 0 = Not inhibited; option 1 = Inhibited.
Typically, option 0 is used.
Page 1017
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Performance Limit (1500 fpm) cannot climb determined by FMS

or by Altitude Limit. Program option 0 = not limited; option
1 = Performance limited by altitude limits.
Functional Test (A 20) also called FT will indicate Inactive

or GND to reflect the state of the discrete switch input.
Aural Output Function No delay in voice, audio tone output 1

second prior to voice, or voice muting.
Altitude Limit indicates the maximum altitude at which the

aircraft is capable of climbing at 1500 fpm. Indicated as an
even number between 0 and 62000 feet. This limit will be ac-
tive only when Performance Limit is active.
Attitude/Heading Source is used as the Heading/Attitude

Source Port Identifier for TPU 67A p/n 066-01146-0201,-1211.
It is not used by TPU 67A p/n 066-01146-0101,-1111.
Own A/C Sensitivity indicates Standby, 1-7. The processor de-

termines this value by altitude.
Max. Airspeed (B 74, 75, 76) indicates NO MAX, < 75 kts, 75-
150 kts, 150-300 kts, 300-600 kts, 600-1200 kts, > 1200 kts,
or Invalid. The configuration should reflect the aircraft
type; typically turbo-props are 150 to 300 kts and jets are
300 to 600 kts.
Display Intruder Limit (B 77, 78, 79) indicates MAX. (30), 24,
20, 16, 12, 8, 4, MIN. (3). Program options limit the number
of intruders that can be displayed. Typically radar indica-
tors are set to Max. (30) and the 3 ATI indicators are set to
12 intruders.
Adv. Inhibits #1 - #2 (A 17, 18) will indicate OPEN when in-

active and GND when the appropriate input is grounded. Typ-
ically, these straps are OPEN except during a GPWS or Wind
Shear inhibit condition.
Intruder File Format indicates the intruder file format (BCAS

or ARINC 735) TCAS will transmit. Program option 0 = ARINC
735, option 1 = Honeywell BCAS format. Typically option 0 is
used.
Adv./Annunciator Cancel (A 72) indicates NO (OPEN) or YES

(GND). Typically this switch is not used.
Page 1018
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Display All Traffic (A 32) indicates YES (OPEN) or NO (GND).

When program option 1 is selected (and other conditions are
met) all traffic is only displayed during a TA or RA. When
option 0 is selected all traffic is displayed. Typically op-
tion 1 is used.
Ground Display Mode (A33) indicates TA ONLY; or STANDBY. Pro-

gram option 0 = TA ONLY mode on ground. Program option 1 =
STANDBY on ground. Typically option 0 is used.
Air Volume will indicate the speaker audio level program op-
tion in watts. Program options: 0=4, 1=2, 2=1, 3=0.5, 4=0.25,
5=0.125, 6=0.0625, or 7=6.5 watts are the values that will be
annunciated. Four watts is the default indication. The head-
phone audio level program option in milli-Watts (mW) 0=40,
1=20, 2=10, 3=5, 4=2.5, 5=1.25, 6=100, or 7=80 mW are the val-
ues that will be annunciated. Forty mW is the default indi-
cation. Insure this value agrees with the design specifica-
tion.
Ground Volume (A 76, 77, 78) (A 82, 83, 84) program options
for the speaker and headphone audio output levels are the same
as listed under Air Volume above. Insure this value agrees
with the design specification.
Climb Inhibit 1-2 (B87,88) indicates when the aircraft cannot

climb at a rate of 1500 fpm. If input #1 and #2 are grounded,
climb is inhibited.
Increase Climb Inhibit 1-2 (A98, 99) indicates when the air-
craft cannot climb at a rate of 2500 fpm. If inputs #1 and
#2 are grounded, increase climb is inhibited.
TA Flag #1, #2 (A34, 35) and RA Flag #1, #2 (B85, 86) indicates
INV (Invalid) when the appropriate pin is invalid or open and
Valid when the input is LO or grounded. At least one TA and
one RA input must be Valid for TCAS to operate (display traf-
fic).
Top & Bottom Antenna Elements (J1 - J4) annunciates a HEX val-
ue that indicates the status of the antenna elements. A HEX
value between 72H and 8DH is annunciated if the processor con-
firms the correct directional antenna element resistance. If
ANT 67A directional antennas are installed and a different
value is shown, then the antenna installation must be inspect-
ed to determine the fault.
Page 1019
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
A HEX value between 00H and 0DH is indicated on Bottom ele-

ments J2 - J4 when the 50 ohm terminations are correct for a
bottom omni antenna installation. The J1 antenna element
should indicate 00H (Short Circuit). A TCAS tester is re-
quired to verify that the bottom omni TCAS antenna is trans-
mitting properly.
(6) TPU Diagnostic Log
The TPU Diagnostic Log contains data that is accumulated over

the operating history of the TPU unit. This data is stored
in non-volatile memory and is maintained when the TPU is
turned off. Using the TPU Diagnostic Program, the Diagnostic
Log is read from the TPU and stored in a file for later view-
ing, printing, or importing into a spreadsheet.
The Diagnostic Log contains three types of information: unit

configuration information, cumulative operating history, and
power cycle log.
(a) Unit Configuration Information: Information contained

in this section includes the unit part number, the unit
serial number, and the software version identification
data.
(b) Cumulative Operating History: This section contains

information that is accumulated over the lifetime of the
TPU unit. This information includes:
1 Current Hobbs Meter: This is the total time that

the unit has been running in terms of hours and
tenths of hours.
2 Minimum Temperature: This is the minimum inter-

nal operating temperature that the TPU unit has
experienced. The Hobbs at Minimum Temperature is
the value of the Hobbs meter when the minimum tem-
perature occurred.
3 Maximum Temperature: This is the maximum internal

operating temperature that the TPU unit has expe-
rienced. The Hobbs at Maximum Temperature is the
value of the Hobbs meter when the maximum temper-
ature occurred.
4 Cumulative Power Cycles: This is the total number

of times that the TPU has been powered on and off.
Page 1020
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
5 Operating Temperature: This is a histogram of in-

ternal temperatures that the TPU has been operat-
ing in. Specifically, it contains the amount of
time that the TPU has operated in each temperature
range. When added together, the operating time
spent in each temperature range will equal the
Current Hobbs Meter.
(c) Power Cycle Log: This section contains information from

the 25 most recent power cycles. A power cycle is mea-
sured from when power is applied to TPU to the time when
it is removed. Power cycles are printed from the most
recent to the oldest. Information stored in the Diag-
nostic Log for each power cycle includes:
1 Cold Start: This is the value of the Hobbs meter

when the power cycle started. In addition to
this, the internal operating temperature at cold
start is also recorded.
2 Temperature Extremes: Minimum and maximum inter-

nal operating temperatures detected during the
power cycle are recorded. In addition, the Hobbs
Meter value of when these extremes were detected
are also recorded.
3 Functional Test Data: Each time a pilot-selected

functional test is performed, the TPU records in-
formation from the functional test. This infor-
mation includes: the number of functional tests
performed, the internal operating temperature
during the most recent functional test (not
printed if no functional tests have been per-
formed), and the Hobbs Meter value during the most
recent functional test (not printed if no func-
tional tests have been performed).
4 Power Interruption Data: If the TPU experiences

a momentary power interruption (less than 1 sec-
ond), it will record the Hobbs Meter value of the
most recent power interruption and the internal
operating temperature of the most recent power
interruption. If no power interruptions have oc-
curred during the power cycle, then these entries
will not be printed. TPU also keeps track of the
number of power interruptions during the power
cycle.
Page 1021
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
5 Power Failure Data: When TPU is turned off (or ex-

ternal power is removed), the TPU will record the
Hobbs meter value at the time of the power failure
and the internal operating temperature.
(d) Fault Data: During each power cycle, the TPU will
record the three highest priority failures (if any oc-
curred) in the Diagnostic Log. The following informa-
tion is recorded for each fault:
1 Description: An English description of the fault

that occurred.
2 Class/Code: The type of fault that occurred as de-

scribed in paragraph 2 D. Fault Isolation Using
the Diagnostic Computer.
3 Priority: Priority of the fault.
4 Number of Occurrences (#): The number of times

that the fault occurred.
5 Hobbs at most recent: The Hobbs meter value when

the most recent fault occurred.
6 Temperature at most recent: The internal operat-

ing temperature of the most recent fault.
(7) The following is a sample of the TPU Diagnostic Log Format:
DIAGNOSTIC LOG DUMP:

--------------------
Unit Configuration:
-------------------
Unit KPN: 066-01146-0101 or 0201
Unit Serial Number: #####
EEPROM Unit Config Checksum: 201
Software PN: 125-00###-0###
Page 1022
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Software Version: TPU ##.#
CUMULATIVE DATA
---------------
Current Hobbs Meter :125.0 hrs
Minimum Temp. Experienced :-12 C
Hobbs at Minimum Temp. :10.0 hrs
Maximum Temp. Experienced :55° C
Hobbs at Maximum Temp. :105.0 hrs
Cumulative Power Cycles :25
Operating Temperature
---------------------
< -65° C :0.0 hrs
>= -65° C to < -55° C :0.0 hrs
>= -55° C to < -45° C :0.0 hrs
>= -45° C to < -35° C :0.0 hrs
>= -35° C to < -25° C :0.0 hrs
>= -25° C to < -15° C :0.0 hrs
>= -15° C to < -5° C :1.0 hrs
>= -5° C to < 5° C :5.0 hrs
>= 5° C to < 15° C :50.0 hrs
>= 15° C to < 25° C :50.0 hrs
>= 25° C to < 35° C :17.0 hrs
>= 35° C to < 45° C :1.9 hrs
>= 45° C to < 55° C :0.1 hrs
>= 55° C to < 65° C :0.0 hrs
>= 65° C to < 75° C :0.0 hrs
>= 75° C to < 85° C :0.0 hrs
>= 85° C to < 95° C :0.0 hrs
>= 95° C to < 105° C :0.0 hrs
>= 105° C to < 115° C :0.0 hrs
>= 115° C :0.0 hrs
POWER CYCLE LOG (newest to oldest)

---------------------------------
POWER CYCLE RECORD #12
----------------------
Hobbs at cold start :24.0 hrs
Page 1023
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Temp. at cold start :42° C

Hobbs at Minimum Temp :124.0 hrs
Minimum Temperature :42° C
Hobbs at Maximum Temp :124.5 hrs
Maximum Temperature :48° C
# of Func Tst Performed :0
Hobbs at Last Func Tst :N/A
Temp. at Last Func Tst :N/A
# of Pwr Interruptions :0
Hobbs at Last Pwr Int :N/A
Temp. at Last Pwr Int :N/A
Hobbs at Power Fail :125.0 hrs
Temp. at Power Fail :46 C
Diagnostic Log Status :0xff
Fault Data
----------
Fault 1
Description: Heading failure during SPM
Class :0x2
Code :0x6
Priority :0x1
# of Occurrences :1
Hobbs at most recent :124.1 hrs
Temp. at most recent :45 C

----------------------
Hobbs at cold start :120.0 hrs
Temp. at cold start :40 C
Hobbs at Minimum Temp :122.0 hrs
Minimum Temperature :20 C
Hobbs at Maximum Temp :122.0 hrs
Maximum Temperature :40 C
# of Func Tst Performed :1
Hobbs at Last Func Tst :123.5 hrs
Temp. at Last Func Tst :20 C
# of Pwr Interruptions :2
Page 1024
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Hobbs at Last Pwr Int :123.7 hrs

Temp. at Last Pwr Int :20 C
Hobbs at Power Fail :124.0 hrs
Temp. at Power Fail :20 C
Diagnostic Log Status :0xff
Fault Data
----------
No faults in this power cycle
Page 1025
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(8) The following is a sample of the TCAS Diagnostic Log Format

for TPU 67A versions 066-01146-0101,-0201:
TPU Serial #: Pxxxxx, Tail #: Nxxxxx, S/W ver: 01/11

---------- 05-06-97 ---------- 09:25:00 ----------
--------------------
Unit Configuration:
-------------------
Unit KPN: 066-01146-0101, -0201
Unit Serial#: #####
Unit Software ID: 206-00277-xxxx
Software Version: TPU67A Ver x.xx
Configuration Module Compatibility Code: 3
CUMULATIVE DATA
---------------
Current Hobbs Meter : 24.9 hrs
Minimum Temp. Experienced: 27 C
Hobbs at Minimum Temp. : 19.7 hrs
Maximum Temp. Experienced: 49 C
Hobbs at Maximum Temp. : 17.7 hrs
Cumulative Power Cycles : 62
---------------------
< -65 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -65 C to < -55 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -55 C to < -45 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -45 C to < -35 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -35 C to < -25 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -25 C to < -15 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -15 C to < -5 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -5 C to < 5 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 5 C to < 15 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 15 C to < 25 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 25 C to < 35 C : 0.5 hrs
>= 35 C to < 45 C : 5.1 hrs
>= 45 C to < 55 C : 18.5 hrs
>= 55 C to < 65 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 65 C to < 75 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 75 C to < 85 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 85 C to < 95 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 95 C to < 105 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 105 C to < 115 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 115 C : 0.0 hrs
Page 1026
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

----------------------------------
----------------------
Cold Start : 0.5 hrs / 44 C
Min. Temp. : 0.5 hrs / 44 C
Max. Temp. : 0.9 hrs / 49 C
# Func. Tst. : 0
# Pwr Int. : 0
Power Fail : 0.9 hrs / 46 C
Fault Data
----------
Fault 1 -- F 02 04, priority 1, 1 occurrence
Description : Attitude - Roll failure
Hobbs / Temp. : 0.9 hrs / 48 C (most recent)
Aircraft was : Airborne (with landing gear retracted)
Xpndr Source : Port #1
Altitude : 2000 (to nearest 1000 ft)
Rad Altitude : 0 (to nearest 100 ft) -- Usable
Description : Attitude - Pitch failure
Description : Transponder #1 Altitude failure
Page 1027
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(9) The following is a sample of the TCAS Diagnostic Log Format

for TPU 67A versions 066-01146-1111,-1211:
TPU Serial #: Pxxxxx, Tail #: Nxxxxx, S/W ver: 11/01

---------- 02-19-99 ---------- 10:07:41 ----------
--------------------
Unit Configuration:
-------------------
Unit KPN: 066-01146-1211
Unit Serial#: EXXXX
Software KPN: 125-00812-0000
Software Version: TPU6xA Ver x.xx
Configuration Module Compatibility Code: 3
CUMULATIVE DATA
---------------
Current Hobbs Meter : 24.9 hrs
Minimum Temp. Experienced: 27 C
Hobbs at Minimum Temp. : 19.7 hrs
Maximum Temp. Experienced: 49 C
Hobbs at Maximum Temp. : 17.7 hrs
Cumulative Power Cycles : 62
---------------------
< -65 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -65 C to < -55 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -55 C to < -45 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -45 C to < -35 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -35 C to < -25 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -25 C to < -15 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -15 C to < -5 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -5 C to < 5 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 5 C to < 15 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 15 C to < 25 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 25 C to < 35 C : 0.5 hrs
>= 35 C to < 45 C : 5.1 hrs
>= 45 C to < 55 C : 18.5 hrs
>= 55 C to < 65 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 65 C to < 75 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 75 C to < 85 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 85 C to < 95 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 95 C to < 105 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 105 C to < 115 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 115 C : 0.0 hrs
Page 1028
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

----------------------------------
----------------------
Cold Start : 0.5 hrs / 44 C
Min. Temp. : 0.5 hrs / 44 C
Max. Temp. : 0.9 hrs / 49 C
# Func. Tst. : 0
# Pwr Int. : 0
Power Fail : 0.9 hrs / 46 C
Fault Data
----------
Description : Attitude - Roll failure
Description : Attitude - Pitch failure
Description : Transponder #1 Altitude failure
Page 1029
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 1030
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE

1. General
This section provides installation and maintenance information for the

Honeywell CAS 67A TCAS II system. Components of the CAS 67A TCAS II system
are listed in Table 1 CAS 67A TCAS II System Components and shown in Figure
1 CAS 67A TCAS II System Components.
CAUTION: ALL TCAS INSTALLATIONS MUST INCLUDE A BEARING ACCURACY TEST US-
ING A RAMP TESTER. THIS TEST IS REQUIRED REGARDLESS OF THE NUM-
BER OF IDENTICAL TCAS INSTALLATIONS PRECEDING THE CURRENT ONE.
Maintenance information for the GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor and asso-
ciated radar systems are described in separate manuals. Installation and
maintenance information for the Mode S transponder/TCAS control units and
associated equipment are described in the applicable Mode S transponder
manual. Refer to Table 49 Related Publications.
Mechanical outline drawings and electrical interconnection drawings sup-

port the installation instructions. Those drawings, located at rear of
this section, should be reviewed by the installing agency. Any require-
ments peculiar to a particular airframe should be established before the
CAS 67A TCAS II installation is begun.
2. Unpacking
Use care when unpacking the CAS 67A TCAS II system components. Open ship-
ping cartons and carefully remove all items. Check the contents to ensure
that all items identified on the packing list are included. Visually in-
spect each component for damage incurred during shipment. Inspect for
dents, deep abrasions, chipped paint, etc. If any component is damaged,
notify the transportation carrier immediately.
3. Pre-Installation Testing
All components of the CAS 67A TCAS II system have been adjusted and tested
before shipment. Pre-installation testing is not required. If pre-in-
stallation bench testing of a unit is desired, refer to bench test section
of the appropriate maintenance manual. For a list of maintenance manuals
refer to Table 49 Related Publications.
4. Equipment Changes and Markings
Honeywell uses a standardized marking system to identify mod changes to

equipment.
Page 2001
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
5. Equipment Location and Interwiring
A. General
The following paragraphs contain information for equipment location

and interwiring of the CAS 67A TCAS II system. Figure 1 CAS 67A
TCAS II System Components shows the relationship of TCAS system com-
ponents.
The CAS 67A TCAS II system should be installed in the aircraft by

standard workmanship and engineering practices according to in-
structions in this manual.
Forced air cooling is not required, if there is adequate free air

movement around the TCAS processor on all sides. Any enclosed com-
partment housing a TCAS processor should be vented to allow free air
flow.
The installer should make a thorough visual inspection and perform

the post-installation and operational checks of the system to ensure
that the system has been properly and safely installed in the air-
craft.
CAUTION: AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE CABLING AND BEFORE INSTALLATION

OF THE EQUIPMENT, SUPPLY AIRCRAFT PRIMARY POWER TO THE
UNIT CONNECTORS AND CHECK THAT POWER IS APPLIED ONLY TO
THE PINS SPECIFIED IN THE INTERFACE DIAGRAMS.
B. Location of Equipment
(1) TCAS Antenna Location
NOTE: The following antenna location procedure is provid-

ed to achieve certifiable system performance.
The CAS 67A TCAS II system uses a top-mounted directional an-

tenna and a bottom-mounted directional or an L-band omnidi-
rectional antenna. Refer to Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional
Antenna Outline Drawing.
Installation of the directional antenna MUST include the ap-

propriate antenna adapter plate for curved surfaces, to insure
acceptable bearing accuracy.
Page 2002
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Refer to Figure 2011 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and

Moldable Shim, Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing, and paragraph 11. ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter
Plate Installation for antenna adapter plate installation in-
formation.
NOTE: TCAS requires that the antenna installation guide-

lines be followed. Optimum bearing accuracy can be
achieved only by following these directions.
Antenna locations must be chosen to make both antennas appear

at the same range and bearing from the interrogator.
The centerline of the top and bottom-mounted TCAS antennas

should be located as close as possible to the aircraft cen-
terline. Refer to Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna
Outline Drawing for airframe radius, directional antenna
adapter plate part numbers, and maximum distance from airframe
centerline.
The top directional TCAS antenna MUST be the most forward an-
tenna and be as far forward on the constant radius portion of
the fuselage as possible.
Obstructions and ground plane discontinuities, such as door

hatches, cowlings, and unriveted airframe skin overlaps must
be at least 18 inches from the nearest edge of any TCAS an-
tenna. Other antennas, particularly high profile and L-band
transponder antennas, cannot be located in front of or within
30 inches (edge to edge) of any TCAS directional antenna.
This will ensure a minimum of 20 dB isolation at 1090 MHz,
while minimizing far-field path distortion in the forward
quadrants. The bottom directional TCAS antenna must not ex-
ceed a distance of 25 feet (center to center) from the top
directional TCAS antenna.
In addition, it is strongly recommended that the bottom di-

rectional TCAS antenna be installed forward of the main land-
ing gear.
Except for the above mentioned requirements, location of the

CAS 67A equipment is not critical and may vary with different
aircraft types, provided that the environment is compatible
with equipment design.
Care should be taken to avoid mounting the components near

equipment operating with high pulse current or high power out-
puts, such as radar and satellite communications equipment.
Page 2003
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The equipment should be installed in a location convenient for

operation, inspection and maintenance, and in an area free
from excessive vibration, heat, and noise-generating sources.
NOTE: When standard installation requirements are imprac-

tical or impossible to meet, variations in TCAS an-
tenna location and installation may be necessary.
Modifications to the Honeywell antenna adapter
plate by the installer are not authorized, other
than drilling mounting holes. It is the responsi-
bility of the installation agency to ensure that
bearing accuracy requirements are achieved.
NOTE: Transponders that do not meet the requirements of

DO 181A for TCAS must have at least 40 dB isolation
between the TCAS antenna and the transponder anten-
na. This is approximately eight feet. Check with
the manufacturer of the transponder for compliance
with DO 181A specifications.
(2) TCAS Processor Location
Care should be exercised to avoid mounting the components near

equipment operating with high pulse current or high power out-
puts such as radar and satellite communications equipment.
The equipment should be installed in a location convenient for

operation, inspection, and maintenance, and in an area free
from excessive vibration, heat, and noise generating sources.
Length of cables from the TCAS processor mounting tray con-

nector to other system units, except for the TCAS antennas is
not critical. TCAS unit interfaces are designed with high
impedance inputs, low impedance outputs, and low noise sus-
ceptibility characteristics. Air space should be provided be-
tween and around the unit. Figure 2012 TPU 67A TCAS II Pro-
cessor Outline Drawing shows TCAS processor dimensions.
Diagnostic and Recording Test connections should be conve-

niently accessible for system testing and fault isolation.
These test connections should be available inside the cabin
to accommodate any flight test or system troubleshooting re-
quirements.
NOTE: Refer to the interface diagrams, Figure 2024 TPU

67A Interconnect Drawing Family and paragraph 5.C.
(5) Antenna Cable Type Selection for TCAS processor
to antenna wiring particulars and interconnects.
Page 2004
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The configuration module is mounted according to installation

considerations outlined in Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Config-
uration Module Outline Drawing.
(4) Display Units
The display units are normally mounted in the instrument panel

in front of the primary viewer to provide maximum visibility.
There should be adequate space on all sides of the installed
display units for ventilation. Outline drawings for the TCAS
traffic displays are shown in Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI)
Outline Drawing, Figure 2016 IVA 81B (RA/VSI) Outline Drawing.
Figure 2017 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing, and Figure 2018
IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing.
NOTE: Installation instructions for the TCAS/Weather Ra-

dar display are contained in separate system main-
tenance manuals listed in Table 49 Related Publi-
cations.
(5) Control Units
The TCAS control unit is usually mounted within easy reach of

the flight crew. Outline drawings for the TCAS control units
are shown in Figure 2020 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline Draw-
ing, Figure 2021 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing, Figure
2022 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing, and Figure 2023 CD
671C Control Unit Outline Drawing. See also the SYSTEM DE-
SCRIPTION section of this manual.
NOTE: Installation instructions for the combination TCAS/

Transponder control units are contained in separate
manuals listed in Table 49 Related Publications.
(6) TCAS Graphics Processor
The graphics processor unit should be installed in a location

providing accessibility for inspection and maintenance. The
area should be free from excessive vibration, heat, and noise
generating sources. Outline drawing for the graphics proces-
sor is shown in Figure 2019 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor
Outline Drawing.
Page 2005
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
C. Interwiring and Cable Fabrication
(1) General
Cabling must be fabricated according to interface diagrams,

see Figure 2024 TPU 67A Interconnect Drawing Family. The
length of the wires to parallel pins should be approximately
the same length, so that the best distribution of current can
be effected.
Honeywell recommends that all wires shown on the interface di-

agrams, including spares, be included in the fabricated har-
ness. However, if full wiring is not desired, the installer
should ensure that the minimum wiring requirements for the
features and functions to be used are incorporated.
Wires for optional functions are shown on the interface dia-

grams. The actual use of these wires will depend upon the
installation, customer requirements and capability of the
units installed.
When the cables are installed in the aircraft, they must be

supported firmly enough to prevent movement and should be
carefully protected against chafing. Additional protection
should also be provided in all locations where the cables may
be subject to abuse.
In wire bundles, the cabling should not be tied tightly to-

gether as this tends to increase the possibility of noise
pickup and similar interference. When routing cables through
the airframe, the cables should cross high-level lines at a
right angle.
The installer must be knowledgeable of any system variations

peculiar to the installation. Furthermore, the installer
should use ARINC Characteristic 735 as a guide and reference
throughout the fabrication and installation of the cabling in
the aircraft.
Notes on the interface diagrams describe wire sizes and other

particulars related to the CAS 67A TCAS II system interwiring.
Antenna cabling has unique requirements described in para-
graph 5.C. (5) Antenna Cable Type Selection.
Page 2006
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(2) Interface Capability and Requirements
Figures in the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section of this manual list

the types of external avionics equipment that can be connected
to the TCAS II system and describe the types of signals. De-
termine the types of aircraft equipment to be connected to the
TCAS II system.
(3) Primary Power and Circuit Breaker Requirements
The CAS 67A TCAS II system operates primarily from the air-
craft’s 28 Vdc power system. The displays use 5 Vac 400 Hz/
5 Vdc or 28 Vdc lighting power. A 26 Vac 400 Hz input is
provided for reference for the synchro-to-digital converters.
Power dissipation varies with the system configuration. Power
connections are shown in interface diagrams. Circuit breaker
requirements for each component and wire sizes are also de-
fined.
(4) Suppression Pulse Requirements and Wiring
Connections for the suppression pulse from the TCAS processor

are dependent on aircraft equipment and wiring (see Figure
2025 TPU 67A Pinout Drawing, Figure 2030 Antenna/Suppression
Interface Drawing, Figure 2042 MST 67A Mode S Interface Draw-
ing, Figure 2043 Collins TDR-94D Mode S Interface Drawing,
Figure 2044 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing, and
Figure 2045 CAS 67A TCAS II System Interface Drawing). Typ-
ically, the suppression pin is connected from the TCAS pro-
cessor to the suppression inputs on the L-band transponder and
DME equipment.
(5) Antenna Cable Type Selection
NOTE: When an omnidirectional antenna is used as the bot-

tom antenna, the three unused bottom antenna coaxes
connected to the TPU 67A processor must be connect-
ed to 50 Ω terminations. Please contact one of the
following companies for 50 Ω terminations: M/A Comm
p/n 3002-6113-0000, Phone 1-800-998-45000; PIC Wire
& Cable p/n K240001; Pasternack p/n PE6032.
NOTE: Always compare the following information with in-

formation on the aircraft interface diagrams.
The following TCAS processor-to-antenna cable installation

requirements must be adhered to:
Page 2007
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(a) The total dB loss in any of the coaxial cable runs and
associated interconnects between the TCAS Processor and
each antenna port connector must not be less than 2 dB
and must not be greater than 3 dB at 1030 MHz.
(b) The electrical lengths of the four coax cables for ei-
ther the top or the bottom directional antennas must
match within 135°.
(c) The VSWR ratio must be less than 1.35:1.
The round-trip (receive/transmit) delay imposed by any

individual cable run and associated interconnects be-
tween the TCAS processor and top antenna as opposed to
the round-trip (receive/transmit) delay imposed by any
cable run and interconnects between the TCAS processor
and the bottom antenna must be seen by the TCAS as an
effective delay difference of less than 50 nanoseconds.
Before selecting the type of TCAS processor-to-antenna

coaxial cable and the connectors required, the install-
er must determine the length of the coax cable. First,
identify the antenna mounting location and the proces-
sor mounting location. Then determine the cable routing
between the TCAS Processor rear connector and the four
RF connectors on the directional antenna. The four ca-
bles to a directional antenna should follow the same
routing paths and have the same number of disconnects
per path.
Once the physical length of the cables to the top and

bottom antenna has calculated, the coax cable type can
be determined. The dB loss limitations for the cable
assemblies must meet the 2.5 dB ±0.5 dB requirement and
not exceed the 50 nanosecond maximum delay difference
requirement between the top and bottom antenna cable
runs. After the coax cable type is known, the coax con-
nector type can be determined.
The specifications for the coax cables requires very ex-

acting procedures and an expensive network analyzer to
test the necessary parameters. Experience indicates
that it is best to buy prefab coax cable assemblies for
the TCAS directional antenna. These cables will provide
the highest level of confidence for maintaining the re-
quired specifications. Several fabricators of the coax
cables for TCAS antennas are available.
Page 2008
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
For additional information see the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

section of this manual.
(6) Connectors
Mating connectors for the TCAS units are identified on the

appropriate outline drawing. Associated connector kits are
specified in the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section of this manual.
(a) TCAS Processor Connectors
The TPU 67A mounted connector mates with a low-inser-

tion-force, ARINC 404 connector with polarization pro-
jections that prevent improper connector insertion.
The mating connector has six Size A shells. Four Size
A shells have 2 Size 1 RF coax contacts each and two of
the Size A shells have 106 No. 22 contacts (like DPX
106).
This mating connector is specified in the TPU 67A out-

line drawing, Figure 2012 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Out-
line Drawing, and is part of the TCAS processor mounting
tray.
The rear connector, shown in Figure 2001 TPU 67A TCAS

Processor Rear Connector Key & Pin Locations, is divided
into six sections. System interface diagrams define the
external inputs to each pin of the six plug sections.
Tables in the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section describe the
signals.
Page 2009
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2001 TPU 67A TCAS Processor Rear Connector Key & Pin Locations
Page 2010
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P67A1 Insert A

PIN # SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
A 001 GND Plane Input Ground
A 005 +28 Vdc Aircraft PWR Input Power
A 011 ON(x) Input Discrete
A 012* ATE Test Mode(x) Input Discrete
A 013 Suppression I/O Suppression Signal
A 014 N/C No Connection
A 015* Discrete Input (Reserved) Input Discrete
A 017* ADV Inhibit 1(x) Input Discrete
A 018* ADV Inhibit 2(x) Input Discrete
A 020* Function Test(x) Input Discrete
A 021* Landing Gear Input Discrete
A 022* Air/GND(x) Input Discrete
A 026* Spare Dis Input 1 Input Discrete

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
Table 2001 TPU 67A TCAS Processor, Rear Connector Pin Names
(Sheet 1 of 9)
Page 2011
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

A 034* TA Valid #1(x) Input Discrete
A 035* TA Valid #2(x) Input Discrete

A 036 Radio Alt #1 + Input Signal
A 037* Rad Alt Val #1 Input Signal
A 038 Radio Alt #1 - Input Signal
A 039* Rad Alt Val #2 Input Signal
A 041* Gill Alt 1 - D4 Input Signal
A 043* Gill Alt 2 - B2 Input Signal
A 044* Gill Alt 1 - A2 Input Signal
A 049* Gill Alt 1 - C1 Input Signal

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
(Sheet 2)
Page 2012
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

A 065* Radio Alt #2 + Input Signal
A 066* Rad Alt Source 1/2(x) Input Source Select

A 067 SPK Hi Output Signal 8 Ω
A 068 SPK Lo Output Signal 8 Ω
A 069 PH Hi Output Signal 600 Ω
A 070 PH Lo Output Signal 600 Ω
A 072* ADV/ANNUN Cancel(x) Input Discrete

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
(Sheet 3)
Page 2013
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

A 085* Attitude Valid Input Signal
A 086* Heading Valid Input Signal

A 087 VIS ANNUN Traffic(x) Output Signal
A 088 Programmable Output Output (Reserved)
A 089 TCAS Valid(x) Output Discrete
A 090 TA Aural Traffic(x) Output Signal
A 091 Attitude Pitch X Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 092 Attitude Pitch Y Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 093 Attitude Pitch Z Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 094 Attitude Roll X Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 095 Attitude Roll Y Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 096 Attitude Roll Z Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 097 Attitude H Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 098* INC Climb INH 1 Input Discrete
A 099* INC Climb INH 2 Input Discrete

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
(Sheet 4)
Page 2014
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P67A1 Insert B

B 001 TCAS 232 TX Diagnostic Function
B 002 RS 422 DAT + Recorder Function
B 003 RS 422 DAT - Recorder Function
B 004 RS 422 CLK + Recorder Function
B 005* Discrete Input (Reserved) Input Discrete
B 006 TA Display Enable(x) Output Discrete
B 007 FMS 1B (Reserved) Flight Management System
B 008 ATE A2/Config Mod +5 Vdc ATE Test/Config Module
B 009 ATE A1/Config Mod CS1 ATE Test/Config Module
B 010 ATE A0/Config Mod CS2 ATE Test/Config Module
B 011 ATE D6 ATE Test Function
B 013 RS 422CLK - Recorder Function
B 014 N/C No Connection
B 016 TA/RA TX 1B Output 429 Signal
B 018 ATE D0/Config Mod Data Out ATE Test/Config Module
B 019 Radio Alt #2 - Input Signal
B 020 Heading C Input Signal
B 021 Discrete Input (Reserved) Input Discrete
B 022 Discrete Input (Reserved) Input Discrete
B 023 ATE D7/Config Mod CLK ATE Test/Config Module
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
(Sheet 5)
Page 2015
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

B 028 TA/RA TX 2A Output 429 Signal
B 029 TA/RA TX 2B Output 429 Signal
B 030 TA/RA TX 1A Output 429 Signal
B 032 GND Plane Input Ground
B 033 RA 429 TX 2A Output Signal
B 034 RA 429 TX 2B Output Signal
B 035 RA 429 TX 1A Output Signal
B 036 RA 429 TX 1B Output Signal
B 037 Fan On (Reserved) Output Signal

B 040 Rad Altim 1A Input 429 Signal
B 041 Rad Altim 1B Input 429 Signal
B 042 Rad Altim 2A Input 429 Signal
B 043 Rad Altim 2B Input 429 Signal

B 053 ATE CLK ATE Test Function
B 054 XPDR TX 2A Output Signal
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
(Sheet 6)
Page 2016
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

B 055 FMS 1A (Reserved) Flight Management
B 056 XPDR TX 2B Output Signal
B 058 VIS ANNUN Preventive(x) Output
B 059 CALENB (Cal Enable)(x) ATE Test Function (N/C)

B 066 TCAS 232 RX Diagnostic Function
B 067 XPDR TX 1A Output Signal
B 068 XPDR TX 1B Output Signal
B 069 HDG/ATT 2A (-0201,-1211 Units) Input 429 Control
B 070 HDG/ATT 2B (-0201,-1211 Units) Input 429 Control

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
(Sheet 7)
Page 2017
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

B 080 XPONDER RCV 1A Input Signal
B 081 XPONDER RCV 1B Input Signal
B 082 XPONDER RCV 2A Input Signal
B 083 XPONDER RCV 2B Input Signal
B 084 LS SPR 429 RX 1A (Reserved) Input 429 Signal
B 085 RA Valid #1(x) Input Discrete
B 086 RA Valid #2(x) Input Discrete
B 087* Climb INH 1 Input Discrete
B 088* Climb INH 2 Input Discrete
B 089* ATE Enable(x) ATE Function (N/C)

B 090 Config Module Data In Configuration Module

B 093 HDG/ATT 1B Input 429 Signal
B 094 LS SPR 429 RX 1B (Reserved) Input 429 Signal
B 095 LS SPR 429 RX 2A (Reserved) Input 429 Signal
B 096 LS SPR 429 RX 2B (Reserved) Input 429 Signal
B 097 HDG/ATT 1A Input 429 Signal
B 099 Term RDY Diagnostic Function
B 100 TCAS 232 RDY Diagnostic Function
B 101 Attitude C Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 102 Heading H Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 103 Heading Y Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 104 Heading X Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 105 Heading Z Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 106 VIS ANNUN Corrective(x) Output
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
(Sheet 8)
Page 2018
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P67A2
COAX # SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
A1 Top Directional Antenna J1 (Yell) Input Signal
A2 Bottom Omni(50Ω)/or Directional Input Signal
Antenna J1 (Yell)
B1 Top Directional Antenna J2 (Blk) Input Signal
B2 Bottom Directional Antenna J2 (Blk) Input Signal
C1 Top Directional Antenna J3 (Blu) Input Signal
C2 Bottom Directional Antenna J3 (Blu) Input Signal
D1 Top Directional Antenna J4 (Red) Input Signal
D2 Bottom Directional Antenna J4 (Red) Input Signal
(Sheet 9)
(b) Configuration Module Connector
The electrical connector for the configuration module

must be wired to the rear connector. The connector is
a standard nine pin D-Sub connector.
Connector P101
1 Power Ground Ground
2 Chip Select 1 (CS1)
3 No Connection
4 Data From Module
5 VCC (+5 Vdc) Power Input
6 Clock
7 No Connection
8 Data To Module
9 Chip Select 2 (CS2)
Table 2002 Configuration Module, Connector Pin Names
Page 2019
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(c) Directional Antenna Connectors
Four coaxial cables using TNC connectors connect the di-

rectional antenna connectors A1 through D2 to the TCAS
processor. See Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna
Outline Drawing, Figure 2030 Antenna/Suppression Inter-
face Drawing, and paragraph 6. B. Directional Antenna
for particulars.
(d) 3ATI Traffic Display Connectors
The pneumatic and electrical connectors for the IVA-

81A/IVA-81C/IVA-81D (TA/RA/VSI) and IVA-81B (RA/VSI)
are mounted on the rear panel of the units as shown in
Figure 2002 IVA-81A/B/C/D Rear Connector Locations.
The pneumatic connector used on the IVA-81A/IVA-81B/
IVA-81C/IVA-81D, attaches to a pneumatic tube from a
static pressure source in the aircraft. The 41-pin elec-
trical connector connects to the TCAS processor, air-
craft power sources, and configuration straps. The TA/
RA/VSI can also connect to various analog or digital
vertical rate sources, if the pneumatic input is not
used.
Electrical connector keying on units powered by 115 V

400 Hz is different from keying on units powered by 28
Vdc to preclude inadvertent installation of an improper
unit. Keying is also different among those 28 Vdc units
designed for 5 Vac or Vdc panel lighting and those de-
signed for 28 Vdc panel lighting.
The electrical connector pin locations and signal def-

initions are shown in Figure 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Elec-
trical Connector Pin Locations and Table 2003 IVA-81A/
B/C/D Electrical Connector Pin Names, and Figure 2036
RA Display (ARINC 429 Low Speed) Interface Drawing and
Figure 2037 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Inter-
face Drawing. Outline drawings Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/
RA/VSI) Outline Drawing, Figure 2016 IVA 81B (RA/VSI)
Outline Drawing, Figure 2017 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline
Drawing, and Figure 2018 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing
provide connector part numbers and additional informa-
tion.
Page 2020
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2002 IVA-81A/B/C/D Rear Connector Locations
Page 2021
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector Pin Locations
Page 2022
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

40 H or + I 115 Vac 400 Hz or 28 Vdc
23 C or - I (Depending on unit version)
22 Chassis Ground O TA/VSI Case Ground
39 DC Common O Ground
25 HI I Remote Light Sensor Input
24 LO I
10 H I Dimming Power Input
9 C I (5 Vac, 5 Vdc, or 28 Vdc)
27 A I Digital Primary Vertical Speed Input
12 B I (#1) Low Speed/High Speed 429 ADC/IRS.
8 +28 Vdc/Open I Vertical Speed Valid Input ADC/IRS,
ARINC 565, 575
30 A I Digital Secondary Vertical Speed Input
14 B I (#2) Low Speed/High Speed 429 ADC/IRS.
4 HI I ARINC 565 Vertical Speed Input
6 LO I
5 H I 26 Vac Reference
16 C I
1 + Vdc REF I ARINC 575 Analog Input
3 - Vdc REF I
2 DC Rate Signal I
26 A I TCAS Data Input High Speed 429
11 B I
29 Open/Ground (Valid=Ground) 0 Display Status Output
Table 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector Pin Names

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2023
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

20 28 VDC/Gnd Open I Source Select Strap #2
19 Spare
18 NVIS Discrete (066-01171-3704/-3706)
41 Open/Gnd (Test) I Lamp Test
15 O Strap Common
31 Gnd/Open I Source Select Strap #1
28 A O Altitude Rate Output Low Speed ARINC 429
13 B O
7 A I Reserved Input Low Speed ARINC 429
21 B I
32 CS0I BIT 0 Configuration Strap
Table 2003 IVA-81A/B/C/D Electrical Connector Pin Names

(Sheet 2)
NOTE: For additional connector pin information see Figure 2037 TA/RA
Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing .
Page 2024
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(e) KFS 578A Control Unit Connectors
The KFS 578A Control Unit has one 29-pin (P5781) and one
9-pin (P5782) connector mounted on the rear of the unit.
The connectors are keyed to prevent improper connector
insertion. The connectors are shown in Figure 2004 KFS
578A Control Unit, Rear Connectors and the signals con-
nected to each pin are defined in Table 2004 KFS 578A
Control Unit Connector (P5782) Pin Definitions and Ta-
ble 2005 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names
(P5781).
Interface diagrams that define the input and output sig-

nal connections to the KFS 578A Control Unit are found
in the MST 67A Mode S Transponder Installation Manual.
Figure 2004 KFS 578A Control Unit, Rear Connectors
Page 2025
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

1 Shield Ground/429 Common I ARINC 429 Common
2 Polarizer Key Polarizer Key
3 429 Input #1 (A) I Low Speed ARINC 429
4 429 Input #1 (B) I Low Speed ARINC 429
7 429 Output (A) O Low Speed ARINC 429
8 429 Output (B) O Low Speed ARINC 429
9 Spare
Table 2004 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector (P5782) Pin Definitions

1 28Vdc Unit Power I 28 Vdc power input
2 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft ground
3 28Vdc Lighting I 28 Vdc A/C lighting bus input
4 5Vdc Lighting I 5 Vdc/Vac A/C lighting bus in
5 Low Lighting I Lighting bus common
6 Antenna Transfer #1 Output O Gnd = Xpndr #1 Selected/Active
Open = Xpndr #1 Not Selected
7 Standby (not)/On #1 O Gnd = Xpndr #1 Standby/Active
Open = Xpndr #1 On
Open = Xpndr #2 On
9 Remote Function Test (not)/ (External I Remote Function Test:
Range Configuration) Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.
External Range Configuration:

(-XX04 unit versions)
Gnd = Select Range
Open = Extended Range.
10 I Reserved - Reply Input
Table 2005 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2026
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

11 Control Disable (not) I Control Unit Disable:
Gnd = Activated
12 Master (not)/Slave I Gnd = Master
Open = Slave
13 Emergency (not) I Squawk Code 7700:
Gnd = Activated
14 Spare
15 External Standby/ I External Standby:
(Manual/Auto) Gnd = Standby Active
Open = Inactive
Manual/Auto:
(-XX04 Unit versions)
Gnd = Auto Pop-Up
Open = Manual
16 Dim Select I Gas Discharge Display Dimming:
Gnd = Follows A/C lighting bus
Open = Follows photocell
+28 Vdc = Maximum brightness.
17
18
19 Transponder 1 Fail DSC #2 I Gnd = Normal operation
Open = Transponder 1 failure
21 External Ident I Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated
22 Spare
23 Spare
24 ATE Test I Gnd = Activated
25 Warning and Caution (not) O A/C Warning/Caution Panel:
Gnd = Unit Failure
Open = Valid (No Failure)
26 Polarizer Key Polarizer key
27 Antenna Transfer #2 output O Gnd = Xpndr #2 Selected/Active
28 On #1(not) O On transponder #1
29 On #2(not) O On transponder #2 (dual)
Table 2005 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781)
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 2027
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(f) PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Connectors
The PS-578A control unit has one 29-pin (J1) and one 9-
pin (J2) connector mounted on the rear of the unit. The
connectors are keyed to prevent improper connector in-
sertion. The connectors are shown in Figure 2005 PS-
578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J1) and
Figure 2006 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Con-
nector (J2) and the signals connected to each pin are
defined in Table 2006 PS-578A Control Unit Connector
(J1) Pin Definitions and Table 2007 PS-578A Control Unit
Connector (J2) Pin Definitions.
The interwiring diagrams define the input and output

signal connections to the Mode S/TCAS control unit con-
nectors.
Figure 2005 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J1)
Page 2028
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

1 28Vdc Unit Power I 28 Vdc power input
2 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft ground
3 28Vdc Lighting I 28 Vdc A/C lighting bus input
4 5Vdc Lighting I 5 Vdc/Vac A/C lighting bus in
5 Low Lighting I Lighting bus common
Open = Xpndr #1 On
Open = Xpndr #2 On
9 Remote Function Test (not)/ (External I Remote Function Test:
Range Configuration) Gnd = Activated
External Range Configuration:

(KFS 578A -XX04 emulations)
Gnd = Select Range
Open = Extended Range.
10 I Reserved - Remote Reply In
11 Control Disable (not) I Control Unit Disable:
Gnd = Activated
12 Master (not)/Slave I Gnd = Master
Open = Slave
Gnd = Activated
14 Spare
15 External Standby/ I External Standby:
(Manual/Auto) Gnd = Standby Active
Open = Inactive
Manual/Auto:
(KFS 578A -XX04 emulations)
Gnd = Auto Pop-Up
Open = Manual
16 Dim Select I Display Brightness:
Gnd = Follows A/C lighting bus
Open = Follows photocell
17
Table 2006 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2029
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

18
22 Spare
23 Spare
24 (*FCDE)/ ATE Test I (*FCDE):
Gnd (at power On) = Activated.
Rotate Range or A/N/B knobs to emulate
KFS 578A version #.
ATE Test:
Gnd = Activated
Gnd = Unit Failure
Open = Valid (No Failure)
26 Polarizer Key Polarizer key
27 Antenna Transfer #2 output O Gnd = Xpndr #2 Selected/Active
28 On #1(not) O On transponder #1

(Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 2030
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2006 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J2)

1 Shield Ground/429 Common I ARINC 429 Common
7 429 Output (A) O Low Speed ARINC 429
8 429 Output (B) O Low Speed ARINC 429
9 Spare
Page 2031
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(g) PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Connector
The electrical connector for the PS-550 control unit are

mounted on the rear panel of the unit. The connector
(J1) is keyed to prevent improper connector insertion.
The connector is shown in Figure 2007 PS-550 Mode S/TCAS
Control Unit Rear Connector and the signals connected
to each pin are defined in Table 2008 PS-550 Control
Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions.
The interwiring diagrams define the input and output

signal connections to the control unit connector.
Figure 2007 PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector
Page 2032
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
1 28Vdc Unit Power I +28 Vdc aircraft power

2
3 28Vdc Unit Power I +28 Vdc aircraft power
4 429 Output (B) O Low speed ARINC 429
5 429 Output (A) O Low speed ARINC 429
6 Reserved
7 Reserved
8 Antenna Transfer #2 Output O
10 429 Input #1 (B) I Low speed ARINC 429
11 429 Input #1 (A) I Low speed ARINC 429
12 429 Input #2 (B) I Low speed ARINC 429
13 429 Input #2 (A) I Low speed ARINC 429
14 Reserved
15 Reserved
16 Reserved
17 Reserved
20 Remote Functional Test (not)/ Ext Range I Remote Test (Pin 24 Open):
Config Gnd = Remote Test active
Open = Normal operation
Extended Range (Pin 24 Gnd):

Gnd = Extended Range active
Open = Normal Range
22 Reserved
23 Reserved
Table 2008 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions
(Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 2033
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
24 Software 040X In I Gnd (power On) = Activated:

pin 20 = Extended Range
pin 53 = Manual/Auto mode.
Open (power On) = Not Active: pin 20 =

Remote Funct Test
pin 53 = Standby.
25 Reserved
26 Standby (not)/On #2 O Standby switching (dual)
27 Strap Common I Ground
28 Reserved
29 Reserved
30 Reserved
31 Reserved
32 Aircraft Ground I Ground
33 Reserved
34 Reserved
35 Reserved
36 Reserved
37 Reserved
38 Chassis Ground I Ground
39 Reserved
40 Reserved
Gnd = Unit Failure
Open = No Failure
42 Range Control Enable In I Open = Normal 3, 5, 10, 15 nm.
Open (+Pin 24 Gnd, +Pin 20 Gnd) =

Extended 3,5,10,15,20,40 nm.
Gnd = Range control disabled.

43 Aircraft Ground I Ground
44 Standby (not)/On #1 O Standby switching
(Sheet 2 of 3)
Page 2034
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
45 FCDE Test I External ATE bench test enable

Gnd = Activated
48 28Vdc Lighting I +28 Vdc lighting bus
49 Reserved
50 5Vdc Lighting I +5 Vdc lighting bus
50 5Vac Lighting I 5 Vac lighting bus
51
52 Remote Reply In I Reply outputs from transponder
53 External Standby Input/ I Ext Standby (Pin 24 Open):
(Manual/Auto Input) Gnd = Standby activated
Open = Standby not activated.
Manual/Auto (Pin 24 Gnd):

Gnd = Manual Traffic activated
Open = Auto Traffic activated.
54 Reserved
55 Reserved
56 Honeywell/Collins Configuration In I Gnd = Honeywell (MST 67A)
Open = Collins (TDR-94D)
57 Reserved
58 Reserved
59 Aircraft Ground Ground
60 Spare
61 Reserved
62 Low Lighting I Lighting Common
63
64
65 On #1(not) O On Transponder #1

(Sheet 3 of 3)
Page 2035
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(h) CD 671C Control Unit Connectors
The two 24-pin electrical connectors for the CD 671C

control unit are mounted on the rear panel of the unit.
The connectors are keyed (pin 2, pin 25) to prevent im-
proper connector insertion. The connectors are shown
in Figure 2008 CD 671C Control Unit, Rear Connectors and
the signals connected to each pin are defined in Table
2009 CD 671C Control Unit, Connector Pin Names.
Interface diagrams that define the input and output

signal connections to the CD 671C control unit are found
in the MST 67A Mode S Transponder Installation Manual.
Figure 2008 CD 671C Control Unit, Rear Connectors
Page 2036
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P6711
1 Antenna Transfer #1 O Antenna Switching
2 Standby/On #1 O Standby Switching
3 Transponder #2 Fail #3 I Transponder #1 Fail (Fail=Open; No Fail=18-33
V dc)
4 Standby/On #2 O Standby Switching (Dual)
5 Transponder #1 Fail #3 I Transponder #1 Fail (Fail=Open; No Fail=18-33
V dc)
6 Warning and Caution O Warning and Caution (Computer)
7 Transponder #2 Fail #2 I Transponder #2 Fail (Fail=Open)
8 Antenna Transfer #2 O Antenna Switching
10 On #2 O On Transponder #2 (Dual)
11 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
14 Transponder #1 Fail #1 I Transponder #1 Fail (Fail=5 V)
15 ATE Test I External ATE Test Enable
17 Reply Input I Reserved
18 External Ident I External Ident
20 Control Disable I Control Unit Disable
22 Spare Input Discrete #2
23 Spare
24 Emergency I Squawk Code 7700
Table 2009 CD 671C Control Unit, Connector Pin Names

(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2037
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P6712
1 ARINC 429 #1 (A) O Low Speed
2 Polarizer Key
3 ARINC 429 #1 (B) O Low Speed
4 ARINC 429 #2 (A) O Low Speed
6 ARINC 429 #2 (B) O Low Speed
7 ARINC 429 Control (A) O Low Speed (Altitude Data)
9 ARINC 429 Control (B) O Low Speed (Altitude Data)
11 External Standby I External Standby
13 Master/Slave I Master/Slave
14 Remote Functional Test I Remote Functional Test
16 Spare Input Discrete
18 28 Vdc Lighting Bus I 28 Vdc Lighting Bus
19 5 Vdc Lighting Bus I 5 Vdc Lighting Bus
20 Lighting Low I Lighting Common
21 5 Vac Lighting Bus I 5 Vac Lighting Bus
22 On #1 O On Transponder #1 (Dual)
24 28 Vdc Aircraft Power I 28 Vdc Aircraft Power
Table 2009 CD 671C Control Unit, Connector Pin Names

(Sheet 2)
Page 2038
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(i) GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Connector
The 50-pin-electrical connector (P3621) for the GC362A

Graphics Processor Unit is located on the front panel
of the unit. The connector is keyed (pin 42) to prevent
improper connector insertion. The connector is shown
in Figure 2009 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, Rear
Connector and the connector pins are defined in Table
2010 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Proc. -0101, Connector Pin
Names, Table 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Proc. -0103,
Connector Pin Names and Table 2012 GC 362A TCAS Graphics
Proc. -0203, Connector Pin Names.
Interface diagrams Figure 2033 GC 362/Bendix TCAS In-

terface Drawing, Figure 2034 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS In-
terface Drawing, and Figure 2035 GC 362/Collins TCAS In-
terface Drawing define the input and output signal con-
nections to the TCAS Graphics Processor connectors.
Figure 2009 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, Rear Connector
Page 2039
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P3621
1 Polarizer Pin
2 Program 1 I Indicator Sweep Characteristic
3 Program 2 I Indicator Manufacturer
5 HS429+ I 429 High Speed +
6 HS429- I 429 High Speed -
7 LS429+ I 429 Low Speed +
8 LS429- I 429 Low Speed -
9 CMIN I Circle Mode In (NAV Interface)
10 Mode I Pushbutton Wx/TCAS Mode Select
11 RNG0 I Honeywell/Collins Range 0
14 EXTRED- I External Red In -
15 EXTRED+ I External Red In +
16 EXTGRN- I External Green In -
17 EXTGRN+ I External Green In +
18 EXTBLU- I External Blue In -
19 EXTBLU+ I External Blue In +
20 EXTSEL- I External Select In -
21 EXTSEL+ I External Select In +
22 EXT EXT I External External Enable
(NAV Graphics Active)
23 EXTENA O External Enable Out
24 Visual O Display Valid
25 Red + O Red Out +
Table 2010 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Proc. -0101, Connector Pin Names
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2040
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P3621
26 Red - O Red Out -
27 GRN + O Green Out +
28 GRN - O Green Out -
29 BLUE + O Blue Out +
30 BLUE - O Blue Out -
31 SEL - O Select Out -
32 SEL + O Select Out +
33 SSBY O Honeywell Standby
34 SVR + I Honeywell Vertical Ret. +
35 SVR - I Honeywell Vertical Ret. -
36 SHR + I Honeywell Horizontal Ret.+
37 SHR - I Honeywell Horizontal Ret.-
38 BVR + I Bendix Vertical Ret.+
39 BVR - I Bendix Vertical Ret.-
40 GND I Aircraft Ground
42 Polarizer Pin
43 No Connection
44 Aircraft Power I + 28 V dc Aircraft Power
46 POP I Pop Up Discrete
47 DISP I Display Discrete
48 No Connection
49 No Connection
50 SGND I Shield Ground
(Sheet 2)
Page 2041
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P3621
1 Polarizer Pin
22 EXT EXT I External External Enable
(NAV Graphics Active)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2042
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P3621
33 SSBY O Honeywell/Collins Standby
34 SVR + I Honeywell/Collins Vertical Ret. +
35 SVR - I Honeywell/Collins Vertical Ret. -
36 SHR + I Honeywell/Collins Horizontal Ret.+
37 SHR - I Honeywell/Collins Horizontal Ret.-
42 Polarizer Pin
43 No Connection
48 RNG3 I Honeywell Range 3
49 No Connection
(Sheet 2)
Page 2043
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P3621
1 Polarizer Pin
22 EXT EXT I External External Enable (NAV Graphics
Active)
(Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2044
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Connector P3621
33 SSBY O Collins Standby
34 SVR + I Collins Vertical Ret. +
35 SVR - I Collins Vertical Ret. -
36 SHR + I Collins Horizontal Ret.+
37 SHR - I Collins Horizontal Ret.-
42 Polarizer Pin
43 No Connection
48 No Connection
49 No Connection
(Sheet 2)
Page 2045
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(j) TCAS/Weather Radar Display Connectors
See TCAS/Weather Radar display manuals referenced in

the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section of this manual.
(k) Omni Antenna Connector
Connectors for the coaxial cable connection from the

TCAS processor to the omni antenna may be N-type female
or blade type connectors dependent on user installation
requirements.
6. Equipment Installation
A. TPU 67A TCAS Processor Installation
NOTE: To allow for inspection or repair of the connector assem-

bly wiring, sufficient lead length should be left so the
rear connector assembly may be pulled forward several
inches when the mounting hardware for the rear connector
assembly is removed. Also a bend should be made in the
harness (at the rear connectors) to allow water droplets,
that might form on the harness due to condensation, to
drip off at the bend and not collect in the connector.
CAUTION: DO NOT INSTALL THE PROCESSOR IN A CLOSED, HOT ENVIRONMENT

THAT MAKES THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RISE ABOVE TSO LIMITS
FOR THE UNIT WHEN OPERATING.
The mounting tray connector must be wired according to the interface

diagrams and the manufacturer’s instructions. Mounting of the TCAS
processor is accomplished by use of its associated mounting tray.
When locating the mount in the aircraft, allow at least two inches
free space on the top and sides of unit to provide sufficient clear-
ance for sway and ease of removal of the TCAS processor. Clean and
prepare all mounting surfaces to insure a good electrical bond be-
fore installing the mounting tray.
Once the mounting tray is installed, the TCAS processor unit may
easily be installed into the mounting tray. Place the TPU 67A on
the mounting base and slide it backward until the electrical con-
nector is fully engaged. Then secure the front of the unit to the
mount by tightening the two knurled screw clamps (located on front
of the mount) until they are firmly seated over the hold-down hooks
on the front of the TCAS processor.
Page 2046
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
B. Configuration Module Installation
The configuration module connector must be wired according to Figure

2026 TCAS II Configuration Pins Interface Drawing. Mounting of the
configuration module is accomplished by use of its integrated mount-
ing bracket. Refer to Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Mod-
ule Outline Drawing for additional mounting considerations. Clean
and prepare all mounting surfaces to insure a good electrical bond
before installing the configuration module.
C. TCAS Directional Antenna Installation
NOTE: To ensure proper bearing performance, an approved Honey-

well antenna adapter plate is required.
(1) Directional Antenna Positioning and Wiring Requirements
Refer to paragraph 5.B. (1) TCAS Antenna Location, 5.C. (5)

Antenna Cable Type Selection, and 5.C.(6) (c) Directional An-
tenna Connectors.
(2) Directional Antenna Adapter Plate
Before mounting the antenna adapter plate ensure the aircraft

mounting surface is clean and prepared for a good electrical
bond. See Figure 2011 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and
Plate Installation for details.
(3) Directional Antenna Footprint Drilling and Mounting
Before mounting the antenna ensure the antenna adapter plate

surface is clean. The directional antenna is mounted on the
aircraft by 4 mounting screws. A three inch center hole (or
four one inch holes) must be provided on the aircraft for at-
taching the four coaxial cables to the antenna connectors. An
"O" ring gasket is installed around the outside circumference
of the center hole. An approved lock-tight sealant should be
applied to each mounting screw.
Page 2047
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
After the antenna is installed, an approved silicon should be

applied around the outer circumference of the antenna to seal
the antenna to the aircraft fuselage. For mounting hole di-
mensions, mounting screw type, antenna footprint patterns,
antenna adapter plate patterns and other mounting details re-
fer to Figure 2011 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and
Plate Installation for antenna adapter plate installation in-
formation.
When the antenna has been mounted, connect the four coaxial
cables from the TCAS processor to the bottom of the antenna.
(4) Electrical Bonding
Electrical bonding resistance of installed antenna to air-

craft skin should not exceed 0.01 Ohm dc and provide even RF
bonding to the airframe.
D. TCAS Omnidirectional Antenna Installation
(1) Antenna Positioning and Wiring Requirements
Refer to paragraph 5.B. (1) TCAS Antenna Location and 5.C. (5)
Antenna Cable Type Selection.
(2) Mounting
Refer to manufacturer’s installation documentation.
E. IVA-81A/C/D TA/RA/VSI and IVA-81B RA/VSI Installation
Install the IVA-81A/IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI or IVA-81B RA/VSI

traffic display unit in a location suitable for viewing and ease of
operation in the cockpit. The IVA-81A/IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI and
IVA-81B RA/VSI traffic display uses customer supplied screw clamp
fasteners to secure it to the instrument panel. Use the outline
drawings in Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing, Figure
2016 IVA 81B (RA/VSI) Outline Drawing, Figure 2017 IVA 81C (TCAS)
Outline Drawing, or Figure 2018 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing as a
guide to position the display unit and to cut and drill the instru-
ment panel.
Attach the electrical connector to the rear of the unit. If an op-

tional aircraft pressure source is used as an input to the IVA-81A/
IVA-81C/IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI or IVA-81B RA/VSI, attach the pneumatic
tube to the rear of the unit.
Page 2048
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
F. Transponder and Mounting Tray Installation
Install the tray-mounted MST 67A transponder in a location free from

excessive heat and vibration which provides convenient access for
inspection and maintenance. To achieve maximum performance, the MST
67A should be installed adjacent to other receivers or boxes with
similar functions. Forced-air cooling may be provided, but is not
required.
G. KFS 578A/PS-578A/PS-550/CD 671C Control Unit Installation
Install the Mode S/TCAS control unit in a location suitable for

viewing and ease of operation in the cockpit during flight. Use the
outline drawings in Figure 2020 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline Draw-
ing, Figure 2021 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing, Figure 2022
PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing or Figure 2023 CD 671C Control
Unit Outline Drawing as a guide to position the unit and to cut and
drill the instrument panel.
Attach the electrical connector to the rear of the unit.
H. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Installation
When configuring the GC 362A in a Honeywell Primus weather radar

installation, pin 3 must be grounded. Not all Honeywell indicators
have a System Trigger output. Those indicators must be modified to
provide that function. Refer to Honeywell Sales Bulletin #26-85.
Some Honeywell indicators cannot be modified to provide a System
Trigger output. In that case, another Honeywell indicator that pro-
vides that feature must be installed.
Refer to the Figure 2033 GC 362/Bendix TCAS Interface Drawing, Fig-

ure 2034 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface Drawing, and Figure 2035
GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing when fabricating the wire har-
ness. Refer to Figure 2019 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor Outline
Drawing for mounting dimensions.
7. Inspection and System Checkout
During installation, three stages of testing are required to ensure proper

operation of CAS 67A TCAS II system components:
• First, a system interwiring check is performed before installation of

the TCAS processor and display units. Verify that aircraft and TCAS
II system interconnections are correct before power is applied.
• Second, a visual inspection of the equipment and connections is made
after the units are installed.
Page 2049
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
• Third, a post-installation test is used to apply power and functionally

check out the system. Successful completion of the post-installation
test verifies proper operation of the CAS 67A TCAS II system.
A. System Interwiring Check
CAUTION: AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE CABLING AND BEFORE INSTALLATION

OF THE EQUIPMENT, SUPPLY AIRCRAFT PRIMARY POWER TO THE
UNIT CONNECTORS AND CHECK THAT POWER IS APPLIED ONLY TO
THE PINS SPECIFIED IN THE INTERFACE DIAGRAMS.
Check the following aircraft system interconnections:
(1) Check that all cables and interwiring are installed according
to paragraph 5. C. Interwiring and Cable Fabrication.
(2) Mag. Heading Input
(3) Attitude Input
(4) Mode S Transponder
• Encoding Altimeter Input
• Airspeed Strap
• Aircraft (Mode S) Address.
(5) Traffic Display Configuration Straps
• Display Configuration
• Vertical Speed Source Strap
(6) TA/RA/VSI Vertical Speed Source Strap
(8) Check wiring for proper destinations, opens, and shorts using
the interface diagrams.
(9) Check or verify RF cables for electrical length matching, in-

sertion loss and VSWR. Confirm that the four RF antenna coax
cables meet 2.5 ±0.5 dB insertion loss requirements, the elec-
trical length characteristics match within 135° and VSWR is
1.35:1 or better.
Page 2050
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(10) Check the transponder and DME interface.
Some installations may use a common control for the transpon-

der and the TCAS. In that case the TCAS control comes from
the transponder control unit.
CAUTION: IN CONFIGURATIONS WHERE TWO MODE S TRANSPONDERS ARE

USED, THE INACTIVE TRANSPONDER MUST REMAIN IN
“STANDBY” WITH THE POWER ON TO PREVENT A TCAS FLAG
DURING TRANSPONDER SOURCE CHANGES. IN ADDITION,
BOTH TRANSPONDERS MUST BE THE SAME TYPE.
B. Visual Inspection
Check that all units and cables are mounted according to Inspection/
Check Procedure, Table 2013 Inspection/Check Procedure.
Table 2013 Inspection/Check Procedure is a visual inspection/check

procedure that should be performed after system installation as part
of a system checkout.
In addition, the procedure should be used as a periodic maintenance

inspection check.
NOTE: For TCAS units not covered in this manual, refer to the
installation section of the associated maintenance manual
for proper inspection procedures.
EQUIPMENT INSPECTION/CHECK PROCEDURE

Mounting Rack • Inspect mating connector shell for floating hardware
and connector shim on the TCAS rack.
• Inspect connectors and interwiring of transponder
and graphics processor rack.
TPU 67A TCAS Processor • Inspect unit for any sign of damage.
Mode S Transponder and • Check that unit is PROPERLY installed and that
Configuration Module retaining mechanism and connectors are securely
tightened.
Directional Antenna • Inspect antenna for any sign of damage.
• Check that antenna is PROPERLY installed and all
mounting screws are firmly
tightened.
• Ensure the four coaxial connectors are properly
mated to antenna.
Table 2013 Inspection/Check Procedure
Page 2051
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Omnidirectional Antenna • Inspect antenna for any sign of damage.

Transponder and TCAS (if • Check that antenna is PROPERLY installed and all
installed) mounting screws are firmly
tightened.
• Ensure that RF connector is securely
tightened.
• If installed for TCAS, check that three (3) unused
bottom antenna coaxes connected to the TPU 67A
processor are connected to 50 Ω terminations.
Mode S/TCAS Control Unit • Inspect control unit for any sign of
damage.
• Check that control unit is properly installed and
all mounting screws are
firmly tightened.
• Ensure that connector is securely
tightened.
Traffic Displays and/or • Inspect display for any sign of damage.
TCAS/Radar Display • Inspect face of unit for cracks or scratches.
• Ensure that unit fits securely against the
instrument panel when the locking clamps are
engaged.
• Ensure that connectors are properly
connected to rear of unit.
Table 2013 Inspection/Check Procedure
Page 2052
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
C. Post-Installation Test
The post-installation test verifies the proper operation of the CAS

67A TCAS II system after the units have been initially installed.
Thereafter, the procedure can be used as an operational check. The
procedure is composed of a pretest setup, self-test, ground test,
and ramp test. The following tests are performed on the ground.
(1) Test Equipment Required
The following ground test equipment is required for the tests:
• AST Bravo Computer or equivalent w/ Diagnostic Programs

(See the DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES for TCASDIAG and TPUDIAG -
TPU 67A Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions).
• TCAS Ramp Test Set: TCAS 201, or equivalent
• Mode S Transponder Ramp Test Set: IFR 601, or equivalent.
• Pitot-Static Test Set
• Radio Altimeter Test Set, or equivalent
• Volt-Ohmmeter (DVM) (optional)
• 429 Bus reader (optional)
(2) Facilities Required
Many of the tests can be performed indoors. The TCAS scenario

tests should be done in an area where the local traffic and
signal multipath are not a factor. The bearing accuracy tests
should be conducted outside, away from other operating air-
craft. A 115 Vac 60 Hz power may be required for the test
equipment.
WARNING: ADVISE THE LOCAL AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL BEFORE TESTING

THE TRANSPONDERS OR TCAS SYSTEM WITH A SYNTHETIC
ALTITUDE, TO ACKNOWLEDGE POSSIBLE INTERACTION WITH
OTHER TCAS EQUIPPED AIRCRAFT.
(3) Pretest Setup
This section and the self-test section confirm the proper op-
eration of the TCAS control unit and traffic displays. This
section sets initial conditions required for self-test of the
system.
Page 2053
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The pretest checks the CAS 67A system input power, configures
the operational controls, and verifies the system is ready for
testing. It is assumed that the person performing these tests
has a working knowledge of the CAS 67A TCAS II system and of
TCAS control and display units, and is qualified to perform
these tests on the aircraft.
(a) Ensure that all aircraft systems are secure and safe.
Check power bus meter to confirm that aircraft 28 Vdc
and 26 Vac 400 Hz power sources are operational.
(b) Check that aircraft 5 Vac/Vdc or 28 Vdc panel background

lighting power source and dimmer control is operational
by adjusting the cockpit dimmer switch for proper cock-
pit panel background illumination.
(c) Initial set-up:
1 Check that the transponder, TCAS, and Radar sys-

tems are OFF. If applicable, the selected encod-
ing altitude source should be #1. If applicable,
the ADC (Air Data Computer) source should be set
to normal.
2 Apply power to the aircraft systems.
Operate appropriate aircraft circuit breakers to

apply power to TCAS processor, traffic advisory
displays and all other aircraft equipment con-
nected to the TCAS processor subsystem. Check
that circuit breakers remain closed (pushed-in).
3 Allow enough time for equipment warm-up. Equip-

ment in the TCAS II system requires one minute for
equipment warm-up. External sensors may require
more than one minute warm-up time.
(d) Configuration Strapping:
Aircraft configuration strapping is stored in the con-

figuration module via a personal computer executing
TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG software across the RS-232 port. Fol-
low instructions for configuration programming in the
TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES of this manual.
Page 2054
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(e) On the Traffic Display:
1 Adjust the "BRT" control for optimum viewing.
2 If a TCAS Graphics Processor is installed, on the

Radar Indicator traffic display:
Select the Weather "TST" mode.
Adjust the "BRT" control for optimum viewing.
(f) On the Mode S/TCAS control unit:
1 Select the PWR switch to ON. (Some versions are

ON at system power up).
2 Select the SBY switch to SBY mode.
3 Select the ABOVE/NORM/BELOW switch to "NORM".
4 Select the T/WX switch to "TCAS", if applicable.
5 Select Range to the 5 nautical mile (nm) range.
NOTE: In some installations the range must be

selected on the traffic display.
(g) On the traffic display screen the following should be

visible:
1 No "TCAS" flag annunciation.
2 "TCAS STBY."
3 The TA/VSI vertical speed needle should indicate

0 fpm.
4 Check that brightness of traffic display can be

controlled by the appropriate control. Bright-
ness of traffic display may be controlled by the
aircraft dimmer switch or by the BRT control on
the display unit.
Page 2055
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(h) On the Mode S/TCAS control unit select ON position, the

following conditions should exist:
1 Traffic display should indicate "TA" or "TA

ONLY."
2 No faults or fail annunciations are present on

traffic display.
3 Traffic may be displayed on the traffic display

depending upon the TCAS strapping configuration
and whether traffic exists in the area:
• Non-threat Traffic, displayed as an open white

diamond.
• Proximity Intruder traffic, displayed as a

filled white diamond.
• Traffic Advisory (TA) traffic, displayed as a

filled yellow circle.
• Resolution Advisory (RA) traffic, displayed as

a filled red square.
(4) Self-Test
On the TCAS control unit, initiate the TCAS II system self-

test. The following events should occur during the test pe-
riod:
On the traffic display a test pattern will be displayed that

allows verification of each type of intruder symbol that can
be displayed.
See Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern for a picture of the test
pattern. During the self-test, the word "TEST" is displayed
in the lower left corner of the display. The following sym-
bols are displayed:
(a) Resolution Advisory (solid red square) will appear at 3

o’clock, range of 2 nm, at 200 feet relative altitude,
above (+02) with no VS arrow.
(b) Traffic Advisory (solid yellow circle) will appear at 9

o’clock, range of 2 miles, at 200 feet relative alti-
tude, below (-02) with ascending arrow.
Page 2056
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(c) Proximity traffic (solid white diamond, or Honeywell -

Cyan) will appear at 1 o’clock, range 3.6 miles, at 1000
feet relative altitude, below (-10) with descending ar-
row.
(d) Non-Threat traffic (open white diamond, or Honeywell -

Cyan) will appear at 11 o’clock, range of 3.6 miles, at
1000 feet relative altitude, above (+10) with no arrow.
At the conclusion of a successful self-test, a synthesized

voice announces, "TCAS System Test OK." Should a failure be
detected during self test, the audio message says, "TCAS Sys-
tem Test Fail."
(5) Ground Test
These ground tests are necessary to meet the requirements of

AC 20-131A. While the tests are organized in a sequential
fashion, they may be completed in a random order to accommo-
date other conditions. The person performing these tests
should be familiar with the TCAS equipment, the aircraft in-
stallation and the supporting test equipment.
NOTE: In the test results space " ", enter "P" for
Passed, "F" for Failed and/or fill in the results
or comments. If the section does not apply, write
"N/A".
(a) TCAS Power Checks
1 Verify aircraft power to TCAS.
2 Pull the 5 amp TCAS processor circuit breaker.
3 Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the traffic

display.
4 Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the flag

clears.
Pass/Fail _______
5 Pull the 1 amp Mode S/TCAS Control circuit break-

er.

display.
Page 2057
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

clears.
Pass/Fail
8 Pull the 5 amp Mode S transponder(s) circuit

breaker.

display.

clears.
Pass/Fail
11 Pull the Traffic Display or TCAS Graphic Proces-

sor circuit breaker.
NOTE: The above circuit breaker should be for

the unit providing a valid to the TCAS
Processor at pin(s) A34, A35 or B85,
B86.
12 Verify that the appropriate flag appears INVALID.

clears.
Pass/Fail
14 Disable or turn off the 26 Vac 400 Hz reference

voltage.

display.
16 Reset the 26 Vac 400 Hz reference voltage. Verify

that the flag clears.
Pass/Fail
Page 2058
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(b) Mode S/TCAS Control Functions
1 On the TCAS control unit exercise all the TCAS

control functions and observe for correct opera-
tion.
Select the TA/RA switch to ON mode.
2 On traffic display screen, check that "TA" or "TA

ONLY" annunciation is displayed.
Pass/Fail
3 Test the ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW function as follows:
a On the TCAS control unit, select ABOVE/NOR-

MAL/BELOW to ABOVE. On traffic display
screen, "ABOVE" should be annunciated.
Traffic 2700 ft. below to 8700 ft. above can
be displayed.
Traffic Display
b Select BELOW. The screen should annunciate

"BELOW" in place of the "ABOVE" annuncia-
tion. Traffic 8700 ft. below to 2700 ft.
above can be displayed.
Traffic Display
c Set switch to NORMAL. The screen area that

annunciated "ABOVE" or "BELOW" should be
blank. Traffic 2700 ft. below to 2700 ft.
above can be displayed.
Traffic Display
4 On the traffic display, check the TCAS ranges to

observe the range annunciations and range rings.
NOTE: Not all ranges are available in every

configuration.
Page 2059
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
a Set TCAS RANGE switch to 3 nautical miles.

The following properly scaled range rings
should be visible:
Two and three nautical mile range rings.
Radar Indicator
b Set TCAS RANGE switch to 5 nautical miles.

should be visible:
Two and five nautical mile range rings.
Radar Indicator
c Set TCAS RANGE switch to 10 nautical miles.

should be visible:
Two, five and ten nautical mile range

rings.
Radar Indicator
d Set TCAS RANGE switch to 15 nautical miles.

should be visible:
Two, five and fifteen nautical mile range

rings.
Radar Indicator
e Set TCAS RANGE switch to 20 nautical miles.

should be visible:
Two, five, ten and twenty nautical mile

range rings.
Radar Indicator
Page 2060
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
f Set TCAS RANGE switch to 40 nautical miles.

should be visible:
Two, five, twenty and forty nautical mile

range rings.
Radar Indicator
NOTE: On the traffic display unit, an

outer ring represents maximum
nautical mile (nm) display scal-
ing as selected on the RANGE
switch.
5 If applicable, test the FL (Flight Level) func-

tion as follows:
a Press the FL switch.
b Observe that the traffic display indicates

"FL" in the upper left hand corner. It will
be FL --- (flagged) on most displays unless
encoding altitude source is higher than
18,000 ft.
Pass/Fail
6 If applicable, check that the traffic modes (T/

WX) can be selected on the color radar indicator
as follows:
a Select the T/WX switch to indicate "WX"

(Weather Only).
Observe that the traffic display (radar in-

dicator) annunciates "TA AUTO," but unless
TA traffic is present only the radar pic-
ture is displayed.
b Select the T/WX switch to "T/WX" (TCAS and

Weather).
Observe that the traffic display annunci-

ates "TA" or "TA ONLY" and shows both traf-
fic and weather if the radar is ON.
Page 2061
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
c Select "TCAS" (TCAS ONLY) with the T/WX

switch.
Observe that the traffic display annunci-

ates "TA" or "TA ONLY" and shows TCAS traf-
fic but no weather is displayed.
Pass/Fail
7 TCAS Sensor Input Checks
Confirm the sensor input to TCAS by using a diag-

nostic computer program. Additionally, the fault
source can be viewed on the radar indicator or by
reading the LED fault code on the processor.
a Mag. Heading Interface
Verify the heading source interface to the

TCAS Processor. Confirm the heading source
and measure the inputs at the TPU 67A TCAS
Processor. Refer to the drawings for the
proper pin assignments.
The TCAS and heading system should be oper-

ating normally for the following test.
Connect the Diagnostic computer to the TPU
67A through the RS 232 port. Run the TCAS
II I/O Data screen and observe the follow-
ing on the Diagnostic computer.
Monitor the heading source in the cockpit.

Observe the Mag. Heading readout on the
computer. The computer readout should agree
to within a few degrees with the cockpit
heading display. Record a heading:
Between 0° and 120°
The Heading Status on the computer should

indicate VALID. The Heading Type should
indicate Synchro or ARINC 429.
Flag the heading source by pulling the cir-

cuit breaker.
Page 2062
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Verify that the Heading Status goes IN-

VALID.
Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.
Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

TCAS flag clears.
Pass/Fail
b Encoding Altitude
Verify that the encoding altitude is prop-

erly interfaced to the TCAS processor.
Confirm that the encoding altitude of the
transponder and TCAS agree.
CAUTION: PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO IN-

SURE THAT THE ALTITUDE TEST OF
THE TRANSPONDER DOES NOT INTER-
FERE WITH OTHER TCAS EQUIPPED
AIRCRAFT. SHIELDING THE TRAN-
SPONDER AND TCAS ANTENNAS IS THE
BEST WAY TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE
WITH OTHER AIRCRAFT.
The TCAS, transponder and encoding altitude

source(s) should be operating normally for
the following test. Connect the Diagnostic
computer to the TPU 67A through the RS 232
port. Run the TCAS II I/O Data screen and
observe the following on the Diagnostic
computer.
Monitor the altitude source in the cockpit.

Set the baro to 29.92". Observe the Enc. Al-
titude readout. The computer readout should
agree to within 50 ft. of the cockpit al-
timeter. The encoding altitude on the tran-
sponder test set should agree with the di-
agnostic computer readout.
The Enc. Alt. Status on the computer should

indicate VALID.
The Enc. Alt. Resolution should indicate

coarse or fine.
Page 2063
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The XPNDR Source should indicate # 1. (Se-

lect #1 if necessary).
Confirm the following Encoding Altitudes at

the altimeter, diagnostic computer and
transponder:
Altitude at 2,000 ft.
Computer screen indicates ft.

Transponder indicates ft.



Transponder indicates ft
CAUTION: THE ABOVE TEST STEP CHECKS BOTH

LOGIC STATES FOR ALL GILLHAM
LINES. OTHER TESTS MAY BE ADE-
QUATE FOR SOME INSTALLATIONS.
Flag the encoding altitude source by pull-

ing the circuit breaker.
Verify that the Enc. Alt. Status goes IN-

VALID.

traffic display.

TCAS flag clears.
Enc. Altitude Source #1 Pass/Fail
Page 2064
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
If applicable, select the other encoding

altitude source and repeat steps 2 and 3.
Enc. Altitude Source #2 Pass/Fail
c Attitude Interface
Verify the attitude interface to the TCAS

Processor. Confirm the pitch and roll at-
titude source and measure the inputs at the
TPU 67A TCAS Processor.
The TCAS and attitude system should be op-

erating normally for the following test.
Connect the Diagnostic computer to the TPU
67A through the RS 232 port. Run the TCAS
II I/O Data screen and observe the follow-
ing on the computer screen.
Monitor the attitude source in the cockpit.

Observe the Pitch and Roll attitude read-
outs. The computer screen readouts should
agree to within a few degrees of the cockpit
heading display. Record a roll and pitch
attitude other than (0.0°) . Is it
consistent with the aircraft’s attitude?
The Pitch and Roll Status on the computer

should indicate VALID.
The Attitude Type should indicate SYNCHRO

or ARINC 429.
Flag the attitude source by pulling the

circuit breaker.
Verify that the Pitch and Roll Status goes

INVALID.

traffic display.

TCAS flag clears.
Pass/Fail
Page 2065
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
d Radio Altimeter Interface
Verify that the radio altimeter is properly

interfaced to the TCAS processor. Confirm
the radio altitude configuration straps and
measure the input at the TPU 67A TCAS pro-
cessor.
The TCAS and radio altimeter source(s)

should be operating normally for the fol-
lowing test. Connect the Diagnostic com-
puter to the TPU 67A through the RS 232
port. Run the TCAS II I/O Data screen and
observe the following on the computer.
Monitor the radio altimeter source in the

cockpit. Observe the Radio Altimeter read-
out. The computer readout should agree
with the cockpit radio altimeter indicator.
If the computer display is too erratic,
measure the voltage with an alternate test.
The Rad. Alt. Status on the computer should

indicate VALID.
The Rad. Alt. Type should indicate ARINC

429, KING, SPERRY, COLLINS, or ARINC 552.
The Rad. Alt. Source should indicate # 1.

(Select #1 if necessary).
Using the radio altimeter self-test, con-

firm the following:
With Radio altitude source at 0 ft. (on-

ground), the computer indicates ft.
When Radio altimeter self-test (40-50’) is

pressed, the computer indicates ft.
Do these readings agree with the cockpit

display?
Yes/No _______
Page 2066
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Alternate Method
Using a radio altimeter tester, confirm the

following:
When the Radio altitude is at 0 ft., the Di-

agnostic computer indicates ft.
When the Radio altitude is at 1,000 ft., the

Diagnostic computer indicates ft.


Flag the Rad. Altimeter source by pulling

the circuit breaker.
Verify that the Rad. Alt. Status goes IN-

VALID.

traffic display.

TCAS flag clears.
Rad. Altimeter Source #1 Pass/Fail
If applicable, select the other Rad. Alti-

tude source and repeat steps above.
Rad. Altimeter Source #2 Pass/Fail
e Aircraft Address & Airspeed Strapping and

Logic Discretes
Determine that the configuration straps and

logic discretes are correct. Verify the
changes in logic discrete when the aircraft
function is exercised. Use a Diagnostic
computer program or a DVM to confirm the
strap connections and logic changes.
Page 2067
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Refer to the drawings for the proper pin as-

signments and the FAULT ISOLATION section
for a description for the Diagnostic com-
puter program.
The TCAS and related aircraft system should

be operating normally for the following
test. Connect the Diagnostic computer to
the TPU 67A through the RS 232 port. Run
the TCAS II I/O Data screen and observe the
following on the Diagnostic computer.
The aircraft (MODE S) address for

N- has an Octal code of and
a Hex code of .
The computer screen shows A/C Address as

N , Octal _______ and HEX _______
PASS/FAIL _______
The proper aircraft airspeed strapping for

aircraft N- should be (150 - 300 kts)
or (300-600 kts).
The computer screens shows Max. Airspeed as
PASS/FAIL
Disable the WOW logic, and check that the

air/ground, (A22) mode changes from "ON-
GROUND" (GND) to "AIRBORNE" (OPEN).
PASS/FAIL
Disable the landing gear logic and check

that the gear position (A21) changes from
"EXTENDED" (GND) to "RETRACTED" (OPEN).
PASS/FAIL
f Additional Strapping and Logic Discretes
Determine the additional configuration

straps and logic discretes are correct.
Refer to supporting drawings and documenta-
tion if necessary to confirm the following
items.
Page 2068
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The TCAS and related aircraft system should

be operating normally for the following
test. Connect the Diagnostic computer to
the TPU 67A through the RS 232 port. Run
the TCAS II I/O Data screen and observe the
following on the Diagnostic computer.
The proper SPK AIR AUD (A73, A74, A75)

strapping should be Watts.
Speaker Airborne Audio strapping is
The proper SPK GND AUD (A76, A77, A78)

strapping should be Watts.
Speaker Ground Audio strapping is

.
The proper PHN AIR AUD (A79, A80, A81)

strapping should be mWatts.
Phone Airborne Audio strapping is

.
The proper PHN GND AUD (A82, A83, A84)

strapping should be mWatts.
Phone Ground Audio strapping is

.
Confirm that ADVISORY INHIBIT #2 (A18)

changes from Inhibited (GND) to Not-Inhib-
ited (OPEN) when testing the GPWS. ADVISO-
RY INHIBIT #1 (A17) is not connected.
PASS/FAIL .
The proper DISPLAY INTRUDER LIMIT (B77,

B78, B79) strapping should be for
intruders (Max.).
The PERFORMANCE LIMIT should be _______.
The CLIMB INHIBIT should be _______.
The INCREASE CLIMB INHIBIT should be

_______.
Page 2069
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The INTRUDER FILE FORMAT should be _______.
The INTRUDER DISPLAY LIMIT is _______.
AIRBORNE FUNCTIONAL TEST should be _______.
AURAL OUTPUT FUNCTION should be _______.
ADV./ANN. CANCEL (A72) should be

.
DISPLAY ALL TRAFFIC (A32) should be

.
GROUND DISPLAY MODE (A33) should be

.
ALT LIMIT should indicate _______.
Top Antenna elements (J1 - J4) indicate

_______.
The HEX value of the antenna elements

should indicate between 72 Hex and 8D Hex.
Bottom Antenna elements (J1 - J4) indicate

_______.
The HEX value of the antenna elements

should indicate between 72 Hex and 8D Hex.
The value of the omni antenna elements J2 -
J4 should indicate between 00 Hex and 0D
Hex. Omni antenna, J1, should indicate
near OO Hex.
Did all items PASS/FAIL?
(6) Ramp Test
This test requires the use of a TCAS Ramp Tester. Specific

instructions for operating the ramp tester are contained in
the applicable operator’s manual. Use the TCAS Ramp Tester
to exercise the TCAS with various intruder aircraft scenarios.
Monitor the displays and aural messages to verify that system
response is correct.
(a) RA/TA Intruder Tests
Page 2070
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Evaluate proper operation of the TCAS system by observ-

ing resolution advisories, traffic advisories, proxim-
ity traffic, and "other" traffic. Confirm that the
voice announcement is correct and occurs at the proper
time.
At this time it will be necessary to have the appropri-

ate systems operational.
WARNING: PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO INSURE THAT THIS

TEST DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OTHER TCAS
EQUIPPED AIRCRAFT.
1 Apply static pressure to the airplane using the

pitot-static tester. Increase the altitude to
20,000 ft.
NOTE: The TCAS and Transponder controls

should be in Standby until the test al-
titude is set. 20,000 ft. is selected
to accommodate step 7. Other pressure
altitudes may be used, if necessary.
2 Apply a radio altitude signal to the aircraft us-

ing the radio altimeter test set or equivalent.
Increase the radio altitude to 2,750 ft. or great-
er, or above radio altimeter’s operational range.
3 Disable the WOW logic and put the aircraft systems

into the "AIRBORNE" mode. The landing gear logic
should remain in the "EXTENDED" or DOWN position.
4 Put the TCAS and transponder control units in the

ON position. Select #1 Transponder.
5 Set up the TCAS ramp test set.
Using the TCAS ramp test set, create a scenario

to simulate an approaching Mode C transponder
equipped aircraft beginning at 10 nm, at an alti-
tude of 20,100 feet, at a closure rate of +450
kts, and an altitude rate of 0 fpm. An alternate
scenario may be required for some test sets.
Page 2071
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
6 Initiate the intruder test on the TCAS ramp

tester.
Verify that the intruder symbol corresponds to

the scenario in bearing, distance, and relative
altitude. Confirm that the audio announcement
agrees with the scenario.
The intruder symbol will begin as an open white

diamond with a relative altitude tag of +01. The
bearing should be from the direction of the test
antenna. The intruder will become proximity
traffic at 6 nm; the white diamond will be filled.
When the intruder becomes a TA (traffic advisory)
the symbol will change to a yellow circle. Fi-
nally, the intruder will become a red square when
it becomes an RA (resolution advisory).
The TA/RA/VSI will command a 1500 fpm descent when

the intruder becomes an RA. If no corrective ac-
tion is taken, a corrective RA will be indicated
by a 2500 fpm “INCREASE DESCENT” command.
For systems with TPU 67A 066-01146-0101,-0201:

A "TRAFFIC, TRAFFIC" voice announcement should
occur around 5.75 nm. Another command of “DE-
SCEND, DESCEND, DESCEND” should occur around 3.9
nm. An “INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT” mes-
sage will be annunciated at around 1 nm.
A “CLEAR OF CONFLICT” message will be issued when

the threat has passed.

occur around 5.75 nm. Another command of “DE-
SCEND, DESCEND” should occur around 3.9 nm. An
“INCREASE DESCENT, INCREASE DESCENT” message will
be annunciated at around 1 nm. A “CLEAR OF CON-
FLICT” message will be issued when the threat has
passed.
Traffic Display(s) _______ Announcement
Page 2072
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
7 Initiate a second intruder test on the TCAS ramp

tester.
Using the TCAS ramp test set, create a second sce-

nario to simulate an approaching Mode C transpon-
der equipped aircraft beginning at 10 nm, at an
altitude of 19900 feet, at a closure rate of +450
kts, and an altitude rate of 0 fpm.
Verify that the intruder symbol corresponds to

the scenario in bearing, distance, and relative
altitude. Confirm that the audio announcement
agrees with the scenario.
The intruder symbol will begin as an open white

diamond with a relative altitude tag of -01. The
bearing should be from the direction of the test
antenna. The intruder will become proximity
traffic at 6 nm; the white diamond will be filled.
When the intruder becomes a TA (traffic advisory)
the symbol will change to a yellow circle. Fi-
nally, the intruder will become a red square when
it becomes an RA (resolution advisory).
The TA/RA/VSI will command a 1500 fpm climb when

the intruder becomes an RA. If no corrective ac-
tion is taken, a corrective RA will be indicated
by a 2500 fpm “INCREASE CLIMB” command.

occur around 5.75 nm. Another command of “CLIMB,
CLIMB, CLIMB” should occur around 3.9 nm.
An “INCREASE CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB” message will

be annunciated at around 1 nm. A “CLEAR OF CON-
FLICT” message will be issued when the threat has
passed.
For systems with TPU 67A 066-01146-1111,-1211: A

"TRAFFIC, TRAFFIC" voice announcement should oc-
cur around 5.75 nm. Another command of “CLIMB,
CLIMB” should occur around 3.9 nm. An “INCREASE
CLIMB, INCREASE CLIMB” message will be annunciat-
ed at around 1 nm. A “CLEAR OF CONFLICT” message
will be issued when the threat has passed.
Traffic Display(s) _______ Announcement
Page 2073
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
While simulating a pressure altitude of more than

18,000 ft. MSL, press the "FL" (Flight Level)
switch on the TCAS control unit. Verify the prop-
er operation of the flight level mode on the traf-
fic displays.
Traffic Display(s) ______ Radar Indicator
(b) GPWS & Wind Shear Inhibit Tests
If installed, verify that the GPWS, Wind Shear warnings,

and TCAS voice alerts are compatible. Also verify that
the GPWS and Wind Shear warnings have been prioritized
over the TCAS voice alerts.
Set up the TCAS ramp tester.
1 Apply static pressure to the airplane using the

pitot-static tester. Increase the altitude to
20,000 ft.
NOTE: Field elevation is adequate for this

test if the pitot-static tester is not
available.
2 Apply a radio altitude signal to the aircraft us-

ing the radio altimeter test set of equivalent.
Increase the radio altitude to 2,750 ft. or great-
er.
3 Disable the WOW logic and put the aircraft systems

into the “AIRBORNE” mode.
4 Put the TCAS/transponder control unit in the TA/

RA position. The TCAS must be in “TA/RA” mode.

tester.
As soon as the TCAS ramp tester triggers a TA or

an RA, press the GPWS test switch or simulate a
GPWS advisory. Verify the TCAS audio is inter-
rupted and the TCAS mode annunciation on the traf-
fic display is “TA ONLY.”
Page 2074
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
NOTE: If the GPWS test is inhibited when the

radio altitude height is above ground
level, it will be necessary to simulate
a GPWS scenario to perform this test.
PASS/FAIL

tester.
As soon as the TCAS ramp tester triggers a TA or

an RA, press the Wind Shear test switch or simu-
late a Wind Shear advisory. Verify the TCAS audio
is interrupted and the TCAS mode annunciation on
the traffic display is “TA ONLY.”
PASS/FAIL
(c) GPWS & Wind Shear Inhibit (Alternate) Test
Another test to check the Advisory Inhibit inputs can

be performed with the Diagnostic computer.
1 Initiate the TCAS self-test.
2 As soon as the "TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK" message be-

gins, press the GPWS test switch or simulate a
GPWS advisory. Verify the TCAS audio is inter-
rupted.
PASS/FAIL .
3 Initiate the TCAS self-test.
4 As soon as the "TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK" message be-

gins, press the Wind Shear test switch or simulate
a Wind Shear advisory. Verify the TCAS audio is
interrupted.
PASS/FAIL .
Page 2075
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(d) TCAS Bearing Accuracy Test (Required for STC Approval)
The bearing accuracy test evaluates the performance of

the top directional antenna and bottom directional an-
tenna for 360° coverage at 30° degree increments. The
IFR TCAS-201 Ramp Tester is used to generate an intruder
to test bearing accuracy of the TCAS system. The air-
craft must be placed on a compass rose with 30° degree
increments marked off at a 50 foot radius from the top
antenna and a 6 foot radius from the bottom antenna.
NOTE: When checking the TCAS bearing accuracy, the

test antenna must be within line-of-sight of
the directional antenna under test. The ac-
curacy to the top directional antenna should
be checked while the test antenna is 50 to 75
ft. distant, and the landing gear logic is
"EXTENDED" (DOWN). When measuring the accu-
racy of the bottom antenna, the test antenna
should not be within line-of-sight of the top
directional antenna. Use either the fuselage
to block the top directional antenna and po-
sition the test antenna 8 to 12 ft. from the
bottom antenna or shield the top directional
antenna from the test antenna with echosorb
or equivalent. The landing gear logic must
simulate "RETRACTED" (UP) when checking the
bearing accuracy of the bottom antenna. If
the gear position logic is "EXTENDED" (DOWN)
TAs and RAs will appear as "No Bearing" tar-
gets because the bottom antenna is locked in
omni directional mode.
1 Initialize Configuration Module Strapping
Initialize strapping information stored in the

configuration module via a personal computer ex-
ecuting TPUDIAG/ TCASDIAG software across the RS-
232 port. Follow instructions from the TPUDIAG/
TCASDIAG DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES for strap config-
uration programming.
Page 2076
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
CAUTION: THE CONFIGURATION MODULE STRAPPING IN-

FORMATION MUST BE INITIALIZED BEFORE
THE SYSTEM WILL PERFORM PROPERLY.
TO INITIALIZE THE STRAPPING INFORMA-

TION, USE THE TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG SOFT-
WARE AND CHOOSE OPTION 3 FROM THE MAIN
MENU AND THEN OPTION 1 FROM THE “CON-
FIGURATION MODULE ACCESS” MENU, AND
FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS. ADDITIONAL-
LY, OPTIONS 3 AND 4 FROM THE CONFIGU-
RATION MODULE ACCESS MENU MUST BE USED
TO ZERO THE BEARING TABLES (P/N 071-
00097-0100 ONLY). FOLLOW THE BEARING
TABLES ZEROING PROCEDURE INCLUDED IN
THE DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES.
2 System Set Up
Position the aircraft outside on a heading of

north on the compass rose away from hangars and
other aircraft.
Static pressure to the aircraft using the pitot-

static tester is not required unless local condi-
tions make it necessary.
Apply a radio altitude signal to the aircraft us-

ing the radio altimeter test set or equivalent.
Increase the radio altitude to 1,000 feet or
greater.
Disable the WOW logic to put the aircraft systems

in the "AIRBORNE" mode.
Put the TCAS control unit in the ON position. The

TCAS must be in the "TA" mode.
Set up an intruder test scenario on the TCAS ramp

tester according to the top antenna or bottom an-
tenna procedures below.
3 Top Directional Antenna Bearing Test
Set ramp tester to Mode C (ATCRBS) intruder, UUT

horizontal distance 50 feet, UUT vertical dis-
tance one foot, altitude reporting ON.
Page 2077
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Set intruder 2.1 nm range, zero range rate, co-

altitude to aircraft being tested, and zero alti-
tude rate. Position ramp test directional anten-
na at same relative altitude as the top antenna,
50 feet from the TCAS antenna and directed toward
the TCAS antenna for all readings.
Initiate the intruder test and measure the rela-

tive bearing to the intruder on the traffic dis-
play at each 30° degree increment listed on Figure
2010 TCAS Bearing Measurements, in a clockwise
direction.
The largest acceptable TCAS II bearing error is

±15°.
4 Bottom Directional Antenna Bearing Test
When testing the bottom directional antenna, set

the landing gear logic to "RETRACTED" (GEAR UP).
Set ramp tester to Mode C (ATCRBS) intruder, UUT

horizontal distance 6 feet, UUT vertical distance
one foot, altitude reporting ON. Set intruder 2.1
nm range, zero range rate, co-altitude to air-
craft being tested, and zero altitude rate. Po-
sition ramp test directional antenna at same rel-
ative altitude as the bottom antenna, 6 feet from
the TCAS antenna and directed toward the TCAS an-
tenna for all readings.
Do not allow obstructions, such as landing gear,

between ramp tester and bottom antenna.
Initiate the intruder test and measure the rela-

tive bearing to the intruder on the traffic dis-
play at each 30° degree increment listed on Figure
2010 TCAS Bearing Measurements, in a clockwise
direction.
The largest acceptable TCAS II bearing error is

±15°.
Page 2078
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2010 TCAS Bearing Measurements
NOTE 1: Bearing Error equals the heading to TCAS ramp tester less
the relative bearing of intruder. Relative bearing to
the intruder should be a positive number measured clock-
wise from north on the traffic display unit.
NOTE 2: The largest acceptable TCAS II bearing error is ±15°, ex-

cept between 135° and 225° (aft of the wings) where the
error may be greater.
Page 2079
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
5 Bearing Correction Procedure
NOTE: Perform only if accuracy is out of

specification.
If the top or bottom directional antenna bearing

error is greater than ±15° a bearing correction
procedure contained in the TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG Diag-
nostic Procedures must be used. The bearing cor-
rection procedure uses specific airframe bearing
error data stored in the configuration module to
correct airframe induced bearing error. (See DI-
AGNOSTIC APPENDICES).
6 Bottom TCAS Omnidirectional Antenna
Perform a TA and/or RA intruder test with the ramp

tester to produce a NO BEARING TA or RA. Check
power and frequency of the bottom omni antenna.
(e) Radar Indicator Test
If installed, check that the traffic mode can be select-

ed on the color radar indicator. Verify that the traf-
fic symbols displayed on the radar indicator are the
correct color and range. Check that the pattern is the
proper size.
Traffic Only ("TA/RA" or “TA ONLY”) Pass/Fail _______.
Traffic and Weather Pass/Fail _______.
Weather Only Pass/Fail _______.
Navigation Overlay, if applicable Pass/Fail _______.
(f) TCAS Power & Frequency Tests
Perform the Power and Frequency tests shown in the TCAS

201 Operator’s Guide (pp 27 - 29).
(g) EMI & RFI Tests (Required for STC)
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)/ Radio Frequency In-

terference (RFI). Determine if there is any mutual in-
terference with any other aircraft system.
PASS/FAIL ______.
Page 2080
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(h) Suppression Check
Determine that the system suppression is active.
(7) GC 362A Post Installation Test
(a) Mode Selection
Press the external mode select button or T/Wx control

unit push button until TA AUTO or TA/RA AUTO (Radar Only
Mode) appears in the lower left corner of the display.
Press the button again and TA ONLY or TA/RA (Weather/

TCAS Overlay Mode) will appear in the lower left of the
display.
Press the button again and TA ONLY or TA/RA (TCAS Only

Mode) will remain in the lower left of the display.
(b) Failure Annunciation
A failure annunciation will be displayed if the GC 362A

detects or is instructed of a failure in the TCAS sys-
tem. When in the Radar Only mode or Radar/TCAS mode, a
failure will result in a yellow failure annunciation be-
ing displayed in the upper left corner of the display
unit. All other TCAS information will be removed from
the display. Normal operation of the weather radar sys-
tem will continue but TCAS operation will be inhibited
until the failure is corrected. Failure operation in
the TCAS only mode is described below.
The following annunciations will be displayed when the

GC 362A detects a failure:
TCAS - Displayed in the event of a TCAS processor fail-

ure or a failure of any component of the TCAS system
that the TCAS processor detects during a self test.
GP - FAIL Displayed in the event of a failure of the

BITE test in the GC 362A.
(c) Displayed Fault Messages
When the TCAS processor detects a system failure, se-

lecting the TCAS Only display mode will cause the indi-
cator to display a message indicating which component
has failed.
Page 2081
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
All TCAS intruder, mode, and range data will be removed

from the display. A yellow "TCAS SYSTEM FAIL" message
will be displayed at the top of the display.
One or more of the following fault messages may be dis-

played:
TCAS PROCESSOR - FAIL

UPPER ANTENNA - FAIL
LOWER ANTENNA - FAIL
RADIO ALT. #1/#2 - FAIL
#1/#2 XPNDR DATA BUS - FAIL
ATTITUDE - FAIL
HEADING - FAIL
TRAFFIC DISPLAY - FAIL
RA DISPLAY #1/#2 - FAIL
SELECTED XPNDR - FAIL
XPNDR TOP ANTENNA - FAIL
XPNDR LOWER ANTENNA - FAIL
XPNDR TCAS DATA - FAIL
XPNDR CONTROL DATA - FAIL
#1/#2 XPNDR ALT DATA - FAIL
The appropriate failure annunciation messages will be

displayed until the fault has been removed or the dis-
play mode is changed. Additional failures will be dis-
played if they occur while the fault list is displayed.
The fault display will not occur if the failure is one

that will not allow the display mode to be cycled. A
component failure that causes loss of the 429 mode con-
trol will remove all displayed TCAS information, select
the radar display mode, and display the "TCAS" failure
annunciation described above.
D. Flight Test (Required for STC)
Conduct a flight test of TCAS II according to the requirements of

FAA Advisory Circular AC 20-131A.
Page 2082
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
8. Removal and Replacement
A. TPU 67A TCAS Processor
(1) Removal
(a) Loosen retaining screw clamps, located on front of the

TCAS processor mount, that secure the TPU 67A to the
mount.
(b) Gently pull the TPU 67A forward until unit disconnects
from rear connector on mounting tray and unit slips out
of guide pins on mount. Remove unit from mount.
(2) Reinstallation
(a) Slide TPU 67A onto mount and then gently push unit to-
ward rear until guide pins are aligned and connector is
fully engaged.
(b) Engage and tighten retaining screw clamps to secure unit

firmly in place.
B. Directional Antenna
(1) Removal
(a) Detach four coaxial cables from connectors J1-J4.
(b) Remove four screws securing antenna to airframe. Remove

antenna and antenna "O" ring.
(2) Reinstallation
(a) Clean aircraft antenna mounting surface.
(b) Install new antenna "O" ring.
(c) Secure antenna to aircraft using four screws. Apply ap-

proved lock-tight sealant to mounting screws.
(d) Connect the four coaxial cables to corresponding con-

nectors J1-J4 on the antenna.
(e) Apply approved sealing silicon around outer edge of an-

tenna to seal antenna to aircraft fuselage.
Page 2083
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
C. Omnidirectional Antenna
(1) Removal
Refer to antenna manufacturer’s documentation.
(2) Reinstallation
Refer to antenna manufacturer’s documentation.
D. TCAS Control Unit
(1) Removal
(a) Loosen fasteners at front of unit.
(b) Pull unit forward from cockpit panel and detach mating
cable connector from rear of unit.
(2) Reinstallation
(a) Reconnect cable connector to rear of unit.
(b) Gently reinsert unit into cockpit panel.
(c) Tighten fasteners at front of unit.
E. 3ATI Traffic Displays
(1) Removal
(a) Loosen clamp fasteners on front of unit.
(b) Pull unit forward from cockpit panel and detach mating
cable connector (and if applicable, the pneumatic tube)
from rear of unit.
(2) Reinstallation
(a) Reconnect cable connector (and if applicable, the pneu-

matic tube) to rear of unit.
(b) Gently reinsert unit into cockpit panel.
(c) Tighten clamp fasteners on front of unit.
(d) If applicable, perform leakage test of the static line.
Page 2084
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(e) Ensure that unit is secure and check that rear cable is
not twisted or kinked.
F. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor
(1) Removal
(a) Remove the wiring harness connector from the mating con-
nector on the front of the unit.
(b) Loosen retaining screw clamps, located on front of the

TCAS graphics processor mount, that secure unit to the
mount.
(c) Gently pull unit forward until unit disconnects from

rear connector on mounting tray and unit slips out of
guide pins on mount. Remove unit from mount.
(2) Reinstallation
(a) Slide unit onto mount and then gently push unit toward
rear until rear lip engages the clasp.
(b) Engage and tighten retaining screw clamps to secure unit

firmly in place.
(c) Insert the wiring harness connector into the unit mating
connector.
G. CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module
(1) Removal
(a) Remove two mounting screws.
(b) Detach mating cable connector from unit.
(2) Reinstallation
(a) Attach mating cable connector to unit.
(b) Insert and tighten two mounting screws.
Page 2085
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
9. Maintenance Procedures
A. In-Aircraft Adjustments
All alignment and adjustment procedures are accomplished during

bench maintenance. When unit performance indicates an adjustment
or an alignment is required the technician should remove the unit
from the aircraft, then reference should be made to the related Com-
ponent Maintenance Manual.
B. System Protection
There are no fuses integral to the TCAS equipment. The system is

protected by circuit breakers located at the circuit breaker panel
in the aircraft.
C. Lubrication
There are no moving parts in the TCAS. No lubrication is required.
D. Cleaning
When deemed necessary, depending upon the environment to which the

equipment is exposed and the intensity of use, periodic cleaning
should be performed. The exterior of the units should be wiped with
a lint-free cloth dampened with an approved cleaning agent.
NOTE: Any cleaning of equipment interiors should be done only

when performing bench overhaul of system components.
10. Aircraft Maintenance Programs
A. General
Maintenance procedures for TCAS are stipulated in FAA Advisory Cir-

cular AC 120-55, "Air Carrier Operational Approval and Use of TCAS
II." These procedures include initial activation or return-to-ser-
vice, TCAS-related maintenance records, maintenance training, and
other maintenance program responsibilities. Also covered in this
advisory circular are approaches for obtaining FAA approval to use
TCAS in operations, including airworthiness approval, operational
approval, approval methods, and other operational issues.
Page 2086
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
B. Honeywell TCAS Maintenance Recommendations
The CAS 67A TCAS II system has been designed for "On Condition" main-
tenance. Automatic performance monitoring and self-test are con-
tinuously performed by the TPU 67A TCAS Processor BITE to detect
malfunctions that degrade or preclude TCAS protection to a high de-
gree of confidence. When properly installed and interfaced with
approved aircraft signal sources, it meets or exceeds the FAA AC 20-
131A.
Further confirmation of satisfactory operation of visual displays

and aural annunciations can be determined by periodic operation of
the manual self-test function as selected by the mode selector
switch on the Mode S/TCAS control unit.
Refer to paragraph 2. C. Fault Isolation Using TCAS Processor LED

Fault Codes in the FAULT ISOLATION section of this manual for a de-
scription of the functional test sequence and acceptable indications
during self-test.
After major aircraft maintenance cycles, additional system opera-

tion should be checked with a TCAS Ramp Test Set. Confirm that the
TCAS system performs to the criteria of FAA Advisory Circular AC 20-
131A (or later amendments); or according to the Operator’s Approved
Maintenance Program.
11. ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter Plate Installation
This procedure outlines the installation of the adapter plate, (p/n 047-
50357-0001 through -0004), of 2024-T4 Alclad, to the skin of the aircraft.
The gap between the adapter plate and the skin determines whether Proce-
dure A or B is required for the installation of the adapter plate.
A. General Information
The ANT 67A adapter is available in four different versions to ac-

commodate a broad range of aircraft skin curvatures. The following
list describes the range of radial curvatures that each adapter
plate will fit:
ADAPTER P/N VERSION SKIN CURVATURE (RADIAL)

047-50357 -0001 29 to 35 inches
-0002 36 to 45 inches
-0003 46 to 65 inches
-0004 66 to 95 inches
Page 2087
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
The installation procedure requires the use of the adapter plate as

the fixture to locate the pilot holes on the proposed centerline for
the antenna location.
The adapter plate is mounted in places on the skin with cleco fas-
teners so a determination can be made as to which installation pro-
cedure A or B will be required.
If the edge gap between the adapter plate and the aircraft skin can
be closed without stressing the aircraft skin or distorting the flat
section of the adapter plate in excess of ±0.010 inches follow Pro-
cedure A. If the installer is unable to comply with the above cri-
teria, Procedure B must be used.
Measure the outboard centerline gap described as dimension "T" on

ANT 67A outline drawing (p/n 155-06003-0000, Sheet 2) for use in
Procedure B.
B. Installation Procedure A
Attach the adapter plate and complete the drilling and cleco attach-
ment. If corrosion or damage is detected on the mounting surface,
mask off area adjacent to adapter plate and strip paint from skin
on suspect area. Treat corrosion and/or damage in accordance with
approved practices regarding pressurized structures. Upon approval
of skin preparation, attach the adapter plate and complete the
drilling and riveting attachment.
(1) Drilling and Riveting Instructions
(a) Drill and cleco for final rivet diameter from the cen-
terline outboard.
(b) Drill the attachment holes for the four nut plates.
(c) With a 1.125 inch transfer punch, locate the centers for
the four connectors and cut out the connector clearances
("F holes").
(d) Remove adapter plate to countersink and de-burr all

holes. Clean and brush alodine on all exposed metal
surfaces of adapter plate.
(e) De-burr all holes on aircraft and clean mounting surface

in accordance with application of BMS5-95 sealant.
Clean and brush alodine on all exposed surfaces on air-
craft skin.
Page 2088
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(f) Apply a faying surface seal of BMS5-95 to the faying

surfaces of the skin and adapter. Apply BMS5-95 to fas-
teners and install wet. Complete the riveting operation
and install nut plates per installation drawing. Remove
excess sealant from edges, exposed surfaces, and con-
nector clearance holes to allow inspection for cracks
and corrosion.
C. Installation Procedure B
This installation procedure provides for shims to be added between

adapter plate and aircraft skin. The shims are to be used to fill
edge gaps created by a mismatch in curvature between the adapter
plate and the aircraft skin.
(1) Shim Fabrication, Drilling, and Riveting Instructions
Fabricate the edge gap shims of 2024-T4 Alclad per drawing

within "T" ±0.010 inch thickness and identify as L, R.
Fabricate 0.125 inch stiffener plate per drawing dimensions.

Attach stiffener plate to adapter with eight 3/32 flush rivets
per stiffener drawing dimensions. Transfer stiffener holes
to adapter plate. Drill and countersink back side of adapter
plate.
(2) Attach adapter, stiffener plate and shims to skin, drill and
cleco at centerline and edge. If corrosion or damage is de-
tected on the mounting surface, mask off area adjacent to
adapter and strip paint from sheetmetal. Treat corrosion and/
or damage in accordance with approved practices regarding
pressurized structures.
(3) Prepare the mounting surface and adjacent area of aircraft

skin to the adapter plate with aluminum duct tape (Figure 2011
ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim), re-
drill holes identified in step (2) above and apply MS122 re-
lease material to duct tape surface. Prepare adapter plate
surface and shims by cleaning with acetone followed by appli-
cation of BR127. Note, caution should be taken not to get
BR127 on antenna mounting surface of adapter plate. Apply
sufficient quantity of DMS4-828, moldable shim material to
adapter plate and shims to fill the measured gap. If a com-
pound gap exists, apply additional DMS4-828 to close the gap.
An approximate material application is illustrated in the in-
stallation drawing.
Page 2089
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
(4) Attach the adapter with stiffener plate to the aircraft skin
with cleco fasteners at the centerline rivet holes. Carefully
cleco the left and right shim to the outboard edge rivet
holes. Allow several minutes for the pressure of assembly to
flow out excessive DMS4-828 material. After DMS4-828 has
stopped flowing, remove all excessive material, clean with MEK
and blend edges as indicated on installation drawing. A plas-
tic knife is recommended to remove excessive material and
blend along the edge of the adapter plate and edges of the
1.125 inch connector holes.
(5) After the specified cure time of DMS4-828, drill and cleco for
final rivet diameter from the centerline outboard.
(6) Drill the attachment holes for the four nut plates.
(7) Using a 1.125 inch transfer punch, locate the centers for the
four connectors and cut out the connector clearance ("F"
holes) through aircraft skin.
(8) Remove adapter plate to countersink and de-burr all holes.

Carefully drill out 3/32 rivet tails to remove stiffener
plate. Clean and brush alodine on all exposed surfaces in-
cluding shims. Allow specified cure time for DMS4-828 mate-
rial.
(9) De-burr all holes on aircraft skin and clean mounting surface
in accordance with BMS5-95 sealant specification. Clean and
brush alodine on all exposed surfaces.
(10) Apply a faying surface seal of BMS5-95 to the faying surfaces

of aircraft skin and adapter plate. Install fasteners wet
with BMS5-95 sealant. Complete the riveting operation and in-
stall nut plates per installation drawing. Remove excess
sealant from edges, exposed surfaces, and connector holes to
expose sheet metal surrounding each hole to allow for physical
inspection of cracks and corrosion.
D. Recommended Materials
• DMS4-828, Moldable Shim Material, Dynamold, Inc.
• MS122, Release Material, Miller Stevenson or DC-4, Dow Corning
• BR127, Metal Preparation, American Cynamid
• BMS5-95, Aircraft Sealant, PRC Corporation
Page 2090
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
• Alodine per MIL-C-5541
• Acetone
• MEK (Methyl Ethyl Keystone)
E. Bonding Requirements
The DC resistance between the adapter plate surface and the adjacent
skin surface must measure less than 10 milliohms.
Page 2091
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2011 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim
P/N 004-50119
Page 2092
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2012 TPU 67A TCAS II Processor Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05828-0000 Rev. AB)
Page 2093/2094
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2013 CM 67A/CM 2000 Configuration Module Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06018-0000 Rev. AA)
Page 2095/2096
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06003-0000 Rev. AB, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2097/2098
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2014 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06003-0000 Rev. AB, Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 2099/2100
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50001 Rev. T, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2101/2102
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2015 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50001 Rev. T, Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 2103/2104
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2016 IVA 81B (RA/VSI) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50002 Rev. L)
Page 2105/2106
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2017 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50053-01 Rev. E)
Page 2107/2108
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

(Dwg. No. 066-01171-90 Rev. A)
Page 2109/2110
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2019 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05794-0000 Rev. AA)
Page 2111/2112
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2020 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05789-0000 Rev. 1)
Page 2113/2114
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2021 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing
Page 2115/2116
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2022 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. G7514-()-Dim, Ref 03-19-03)
Page 2117/2118
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2023 CD 671C Control Unit Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06001-0000 Rev. 1)
Page 2119/2120
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2024 TPU 67A Interconnect Drawing Family

(Dwg. No. 155-05989-0000 Rev. 2)
Page 2121/2122
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2025 TPU 67A Pinout Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05989-0001 Rev. AB)
Page 2123/2124
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2026 TCAS II Configuration Pins Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05989-0002 Rev. AA)
Page 2125/2126
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2027 TCAS II Discrete Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05989-0003 Rev. AA, Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2127/2128
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2027 TCAS II Discrete Interface Drawing

Page 2129/2130
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2028 TCAS Radar/Baro Altitude Interface Drawing

Page 2131/2132
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2133/2134
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2135/2136
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2137/2138
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2029 Attitude/Heading Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0005 Rev. AA)
Page 2139/2140
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2030 Antenna/Suppression Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0006 Rev. 5)
Page 2141/2142
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2031 Power Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0007 Rev. 4)
Page 2143/2144
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2032 Lear 31/EFS 40/50 TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0011 Rev. 5)
Page 2145/2146
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2033 GC 362/Bendix TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0000 Rev. 8, Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 2147/2148
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2149/2150
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2151/2152
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2034 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2153/2154
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2155/2156
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2157/2158
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2035 GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2159/2160
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2035 GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2161/2162
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2036 RA Display (ARINC 429 Low Speed) Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0013 Rev. 3)
Page 2163/2164
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2037 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD, Sheet 1 of 9)
Page 2165/2166
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2167/2168
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2169/2170
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2171/2172
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2173/2174
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2175/2176
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2177/2178
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2179/2180
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page 2181/2182
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2038 Citation VB Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2183/2184
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2038 Citation VB Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2185/2186
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2039 Jetstream 41 Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2187/2188
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2039 Jetstream 41 Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2189/2190
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2040 Diagnostic/Data Recorder Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0020 Rev. 6)
Page 2191/2192
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2041 TCAS II ATE Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0030 Rev. 4, Sht 2)
Page 2193/2194
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2042 MST 67A Mode S Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0060 Rev. AA)
Page 2195/2196
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2043 Collins TDR-94D Mode S Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0061 Rev. AA)
Page 2197/2198
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2044 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing

Page 2199/2200
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2201/2202
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2203/2204
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2205/2206
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Figure 2045 CAS 67A TCAS II System Interface Drawing

Page 2207/2208
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2209/2210
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2211/2212
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2213/2214
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2215/2216
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N

Page 2217/2218
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES
TPUDIAG-TCAS Processor Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions
TCASDIAG-TCAS Processor Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions (DOS)
TCASDIAG-TCAS Processor Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions (Windows)
TCAS Antenna System Test Procedures
WARNING: DO NOT USE THE “TPUDIAG - TCAS PROCESSOR FIELD DIAGNOSTIC PRO-
GRAM” OR “TCASDIAG - TCAS PROCESSOR FIELD DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM”
WHILE AIRBORNE. THE PROGRAM IS USED ONLY WHILE THE AIRCRAFT IS
ON THE GROUND. THE SYSTEM IS DEGRADED TO PERFORM MAINTENANCE
FUNCTIONS AND IS NOT AIRWORTHY WHILE RUNNING THE DIAGNOSTIC
SOFTWARE.
NOTE: The diagnostic tests are performed with TPU 67A installed in
aircraft.
NOTE: The TPUDIAG-TCAS and TCASDIAG-TCAS diagnostic tests are DOS

based programs and must be run from the DOS prompt.
Page APP-1
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-2
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-3
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-4
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-5
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-6
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-7
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-8
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-9
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-10
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-11
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-12
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-13
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-14
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-15
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-16
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-17
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-18
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-19
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-20
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-21
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-22
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-23
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-24
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-25
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-26
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-27
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-28
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-29
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-30
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-31
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-32
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-33
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-34
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-35
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-36
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-37
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-38
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-39
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-40
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-41
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-42
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-43
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-44
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-45
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-46
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-47
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-48
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-49
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-50
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-51
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-52
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-53
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-54
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-55
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-56
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-57
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-58
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-59
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-60
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-61
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-62
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-63
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-64
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-65
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-66
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-67
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-68
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-69
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-70
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-71
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-72
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-73
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-74
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-75
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-76
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-77
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-78
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-79
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-80
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-81
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-82
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-83
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-84
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-85
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-86
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-87
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-88
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-89
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004
N
Page APP-90
006-05340-0007 Rev. 7 34-40-01 Sept/2004

TICAS 67A Instalation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TICAS 67A Instalation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TICAS 67A Instalation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

MANUAL NUMBER 006-05340-0007

©1993-1999, 2004 Honeywell International Inc.

REPRODUCTION OF THIS PUBLICATION OR ANY PORTION THEREOF BY ANY MEANS

System Installation Manual

CAS 67A TCAS II

IF ANY UNUSUAL OR SPECIFIC SERVICE PROBLEMS ARISE, CONTACT HONEYWELL,

This document contains proprietary information and

This is a complete reprint. All pages are revised and reformatted.

General highlights include updates to PS-550/PS-578 Control Heads and updates

Specific changes to content are denoted by revision bar.

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

RECORD OF REVISIONS (cont.)

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

T.R. DATE DATE

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS (cont.)

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

TCAS II SERVICE LITERATURE LIST

BULLETIN NUMBER DATE COVERAGE

IB 372 APR/1995 TO CORRECT ERROR IN TPU CONFIG MODULE PROCEDURE

IB 398 JUL/1997 TCASDIAG GUIDE FOR FIELD REFERENCE

IB 438 APR/1999 INFORMATION ON TCAS I AND II RETURN-TO-SERVICE FOLLOWING

IB 452 JAN/2000 INTERCHANGEABILITY OF IVA 81A C AND D TA/VSI TCAS INDICATORS

IB 457 NOV/1999 TCASDIAG GUIDE

IB 458 FEB/2000 CLARIFICATION OF THE ALTITUDE INTERFACE TO THE TCAS PROCES-

SA CAS 67A-101 OCT/1997 ADDITION OF RAIN EROSION FILM TO ANTENNA N.A.

SA TPU 67A-101 OCT/1996 FAULT CODE GUIDE N.A.

SA TPU 67A-102 FEB/1999 REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE PIN DIODES N.A.

SA TPU 67A-104 JAN/2002 REPLACEMENT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY N.A.

SB TPU 67A-6 OCT/1998 MANUFACTURING EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT 10903

SB TPU 67A-8 MAR/2002 INCREASE TPU MEANTIME BETWEEN FAILURES 11131

SB TPU 67A-9 APR/2002 PREVENT COLD INDUCED AUDIO FAILURES 11132

SB TPU 67A-10 JUN/2000 THIS BULLETIN HAS BEEN SUPERSEDED 11390

SB TPU 67A-11 APR/2001 INCREASE POWER-HANDLING CAPABILITY AND RELIABIL- VERSION

SB TPU-67A-13 JAN/2003 REPLACE TPU S OBSOLETE COMPUTER BOARD VERSION

SB TPU 67A-14 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE REFERENCE VERSION

SB TPU 67A-15 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE SWITCH VERSION

SB TPU 67A-16 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY BOARD #2 VERSION

SB TPU 67A-17 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT OF OBSOLETE VIDEO BOARD VERSION

SB TPU 67A-20 DEC/2002 REPLACEMENT OF INTERCONNECT BD DUE TO ERRONEOUS VERSION

SB TPU 67A-M1 MAR/2001 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE 12/01 (CHANGE 7) VERSION

SWB TPU 67A-SW1 AUG/1995 TO INCORPORATE 01/02 SOFTWARE N.A.

SWB TPU 67A-SW2 AUG/1995 TO INCORPORATE 01/03 SOFTWARE N.A.

SWB TPU 67A-SW3 OCT/1996 TO INCORPORATE 01/11 SOFTWARE 10423

SWB TPU 67A-SW4 MAR/2002 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE LEVEL 01/12 VERSION

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Title Page * T-1 Sept/2004

Revision Highlights * RH-1 Sept/2004

Record of Revisions * RR-1 Sept/2004

Record of Temporary Revisions * RTR-1 Sept/2004

List of Service Bulletins * SB-1 Sept/2004

List of Effective Pages * LEP-1 Sept/2004

Table of Contents * TC-1 Sept/2004

Table of Contents (cont). * TC-10 Sept/2004

Introduction * INTRO-1 Sept/2004

Description and Operation * 1 Sept/2004